aboutsummaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/Documentation
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorLinus Torvalds <torvalds@g5.osdl.org>2006-10-03 19:35:11 -0400
committerLinus Torvalds <torvalds@g5.osdl.org>2006-10-03 19:35:11 -0400
commit708e16892e1646594a29eaa7ac7b209b600b9fd2 (patch)
treefe7c31bc0edef84eb1075c7e195340047d6aaa17 /Documentation
parentf3c87a8999c28f2948ebd407574f7e9fb5c577b2 (diff)
parenta847825970e741e20a09c659978baa34016b63bc (diff)
Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bunk/trivial
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bunk/trivial: (39 commits) Add missing maintainer countries in CREDITS Fix bytes <-> kilobytes typo in Kconfig for ramdisk fix a typo in Documentation/pi-futex.txt BUG_ON conversion for fs/xfs/ BUG_ON() conversion in fs/nfsd/ BUG_ON conversion for fs/reiserfs BUG_ON cleanups in arch/i386 BUG_ON cleanup in drivers/net/tokenring/ BUG_ON cleanup for drivers/md/ kerneldoc-typo in led-class.c debugfs: spelling fix rcutorture: Fix incorrect description of default for nreaders parameter parport: Remove space in function calls Michal Wronski: update contact info Spelling fix: "control" instead of "cotrol" reboot parameter in Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt Fix copy&waste bug in comment in scripts/kernel-doc remove duplicate "until" from kernel/workqueue.c ite_gpio fix tabbage fix file specification in comments ... Fixed trivial path conflicts due to removed files: arch/mips/dec/boot/decstation.c, drivers/char/ite_gpio.c
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation')
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DMA-mapping.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/usb.tmpl5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/writing_usb_driver.tmpl7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/IPMI.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/MSI-HOWTO.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/aoe/todo.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm/SA1100/serial_UART4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/EB2410ITX.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/GPIO.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Overview.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/S3C2412.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/block/as-iosched.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/block/barrier.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/block/biodoc.txt10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/block/deadline-iosched.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/cciss.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/computone.txt70
-rw-r--r--Documentation/cpu-freq/cpufreq-stats.txt10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/cpu-freq/governors.txt12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/cputopology.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/dell_rbu.txt22
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devices.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/driver-model/class.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/driver-model/driver.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/driver-model/overview.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/dvb/avermedia.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/dvb/cards.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/dvb/ci.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/dvb/faq.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/eisa.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/exception.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/fb/fbcon.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/fb/sisfb.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/fb/sstfb.txt42
-rw-r--r--Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/00-INDEX2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/befs.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/directory-locking2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/dlmfs.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/ext2.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/files.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/ntfs.txt10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/spufs.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/tmpfs.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/vfat.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/fujitsu/frv/mmu-layout.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/highuid.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hrtimers.txt12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ia64/efirtc.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ia64/fsys.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ia64/mca.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ibm-acpi.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ide.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/input/amijoy.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/input/atarikbd.txt10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/input/cs461x.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/input/ff.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/input/gameport-programming.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/input/input.txt31
-rw-r--r--Documentation/input/joystick-parport.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/input/joystick.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/input/yealink.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ioctl/hdio.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/isdn/INTERFACE.fax2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/isdn/README.hysdn2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/java.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kdump/kdump.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kernel-docs.txt11
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/keys.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kobject.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/laptop-mode.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/lockdep-design.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/m68k/kernel-options.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/mca.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/md.txt16
-rw-r--r--Documentation/memory-barriers.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/mono.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/3c509.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/NAPI_HOWTO.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/arcnet-hardware.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/bonding.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/cs89x0.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/cxgb.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/decnet.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/dl2k.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/dmfe.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/driver.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/e1000.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/fib_trie.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/gen_stats.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/netconsole.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/netif-msg.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/operstates.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt24
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/s2io.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/sk98lin.txt16
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/skfp.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/slicecom.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/smctr.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/tcp.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/tms380tr.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/vortex.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/wan-router.txt16
-rw-r--r--Documentation/nfsroot.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/pci-error-recovery.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/pi-futex.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/pm.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/pnp.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/power/pci.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/power/swsusp.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/power/tricks.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/power/userland-swsusp.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/power/video.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/powerpc/booting-without-of.txt43
-rw-r--r--Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/powerpc/hvcs.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/prio_tree.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/rocket.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/rpc-cache.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/s390/3270.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/s390/Debugging390.txt93
-rw-r--r--Documentation/s390/cds.txt14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/s390/crypto/crypto-API.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/s390/driver-model.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/s390/monreader.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/s390/s390dbf.txt12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sched-coding.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sched-design.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.1992-19972
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/NinjaSCSI.txt18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/aacraid.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/aic79xx.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/aic7xxx.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/aic7xxx_old.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/dc395x.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/dpti.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/ibmmca.txt36
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/megaraid.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/ncr53c8xx.txt20
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/osst.txt3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/ppa.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/scsi-changer.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/scsi_eh.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/st.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/sym53c8xx_2.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/tmscsim.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sh/kgdb.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt26
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/alsa/Audiophile-Usb.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/alsa/CMIPCI.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/alsa/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/alsa/MIXART.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/alsa/Procfile.txt10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/oss/AWE322
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/oss/solo12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/oss/ultrasound2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/oss/vwsnd2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sparc/sbus_drivers.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/spi/pxa2xx6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/spi/spi-summary4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/uml/UserModeLinux-HOWTO.txt66
-rw-r--r--Documentation/unshare.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/usb/URB.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/usb/acm.txt14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/usb/error-codes.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/usb/hiddev.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/usb/mtouchusb.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt11
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/README.pvrusb22
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/Zoran2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-decoder-api.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-encoder-api.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-osd-api.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/cx88/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/et61x251.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/meye.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/sn9c102.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/w9968cf.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/zr36120.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/vm/numa2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-api.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/x86_64/boot-options.txt2
194 files changed, 513 insertions, 713 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/DMA-mapping.txt b/Documentation/DMA-mapping.txt
index 63392c9132b4..028614cdd062 100644
--- a/Documentation/DMA-mapping.txt
+++ b/Documentation/DMA-mapping.txt
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ The query is performed via a call to pci_set_dma_mask():
107 107
108 int pci_set_dma_mask(struct pci_dev *pdev, u64 device_mask); 108 int pci_set_dma_mask(struct pci_dev *pdev, u64 device_mask);
109 109
110The query for consistent allocations is performed via a a call to 110The query for consistent allocations is performed via a call to
111pci_set_consistent_dma_mask(): 111pci_set_consistent_dma_mask():
112 112
113 int pci_set_consistent_dma_mask(struct pci_dev *pdev, u64 device_mask); 113 int pci_set_consistent_dma_mask(struct pci_dev *pdev, u64 device_mask);
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ device_mask is a bit mask describing which bits of a PCI address your
117device supports. It returns zero if your card can perform DMA 117device supports. It returns zero if your card can perform DMA
118properly on the machine given the address mask you provided. 118properly on the machine given the address mask you provided.
119 119
120If it returns non-zero, your device can not perform DMA properly on 120If it returns non-zero, your device cannot perform DMA properly on
121this platform, and attempting to do so will result in undefined 121this platform, and attempting to do so will result in undefined
122behavior. You must either use a different mask, or not use DMA. 122behavior. You must either use a different mask, or not use DMA.
123 123
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl
index 065e8dc23e3a..c684abf0d3b2 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl
@@ -1400,7 +1400,7 @@ and other resources, etc.
1400 <listitem> 1400 <listitem>
1401 <para> 1401 <para>
1402 When it's known that HBA is in ready state but ATA/ATAPI 1402 When it's known that HBA is in ready state but ATA/ATAPI
1403 device in in unknown state, reset only device. 1403 device is in unknown state, reset only device.
1404 </para> 1404 </para>
1405 </listitem> 1405 </listitem>
1406 1406
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/usb.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/usb.tmpl
index 3608472d7b74..143e5ff7deb8 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/usb.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/usb.tmpl
@@ -314,8 +314,7 @@
314 <emphasis>usbdevfs</emphasis> although it wasn't solving what 314 <emphasis>usbdevfs</emphasis> although it wasn't solving what
315 <emphasis>devfs</emphasis> was. 315 <emphasis>devfs</emphasis> was.
316 Every USB device will appear in usbfs, regardless of whether or 316 Every USB device will appear in usbfs, regardless of whether or
317 not it has a kernel driver; but only devices with kernel drivers 317 not it has a kernel driver.
318 show up in devfs.
319 </para> 318 </para>
320 319
321 <sect1> 320 <sect1>
@@ -741,7 +740,7 @@ usbdev_ioctl (int fd, int ifno, unsigned request, void *param)
741 <title>Synchronous I/O Support</title> 740 <title>Synchronous I/O Support</title>
742 741
743 <para>Synchronous requests involve the kernel blocking 742 <para>Synchronous requests involve the kernel blocking
744 until until the user mode request completes, either by 743 until the user mode request completes, either by
745 finishing successfully or by reporting an error. 744 finishing successfully or by reporting an error.
746 In most cases this is the simplest way to use usbfs, 745 In most cases this is the simplest way to use usbfs,
747 although as noted above it does prevent performing I/O 746 although as noted above it does prevent performing I/O
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/writing_usb_driver.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/writing_usb_driver.tmpl
index 008a341234d0..07cd34c1940b 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/writing_usb_driver.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/writing_usb_driver.tmpl
@@ -224,13 +224,8 @@ static int skel_probe(struct usb_interface *interface,
224 Conversely, when the device is removed from the USB bus, the disconnect 224 Conversely, when the device is removed from the USB bus, the disconnect
225 function is called with the device pointer. The driver needs to clean any 225 function is called with the device pointer. The driver needs to clean any
226 private data that has been allocated at this time and to shut down any 226 private data that has been allocated at this time and to shut down any
227 pending urbs that are in the USB system. The driver also unregisters 227 pending urbs that are in the USB system.
228 itself from the devfs subsystem with the call:
229 </para> 228 </para>
230 <programlisting>
231/* remove our devfs node */
232devfs_unregister(skel->devfs);
233 </programlisting>
234 <para> 229 <para>
235 Now that the device is plugged into the system and the driver is bound to 230 Now that the device is plugged into the system and the driver is bound to
236 the device, any of the functions in the file_operations structure that 231 the device, any of the functions in the file_operations structure that
diff --git a/Documentation/IPMI.txt b/Documentation/IPMI.txt
index 9f08d73d90bf..0e3924ecd76b 100644
--- a/Documentation/IPMI.txt
+++ b/Documentation/IPMI.txt
@@ -468,12 +468,12 @@ BMCs specified on the smb_addr line will be detected.
468Setting smb_dbg_probe to 1 will enable debugging of the probing and 468Setting smb_dbg_probe to 1 will enable debugging of the probing and
469detection process for BMCs on the SMBusses. 469detection process for BMCs on the SMBusses.
470 470
471Discovering the IPMI compilant BMC on the SMBus can cause devices 471Discovering the IPMI compliant BMC on the SMBus can cause devices
472on the I2C bus to fail. The SMBus driver writes a "Get Device ID" IPMI 472on the I2C bus to fail. The SMBus driver writes a "Get Device ID" IPMI
473message as a block write to the I2C bus and waits for a response. 473message as a block write to the I2C bus and waits for a response.
474This action can be detrimental to some I2C devices. It is highly recommended 474This action can be detrimental to some I2C devices. It is highly recommended
475that the known I2c address be given to the SMBus driver in the smb_addr 475that the known I2c address be given to the SMBus driver in the smb_addr
476parameter. The default adrress range will not be used when a smb_addr 476parameter. The default address range will not be used when a smb_addr
477parameter is provided. 477parameter is provided.
478 478
479When compiled into the kernel, the addresses can be specified on the 479When compiled into the kernel, the addresses can be specified on the
diff --git a/Documentation/MSI-HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/MSI-HOWTO.txt
index 3ec6c720b016..c70306abb7b2 100644
--- a/Documentation/MSI-HOWTO.txt
+++ b/Documentation/MSI-HOWTO.txt
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ y = The number of MSI capable devices populated in the system.
267 vector reserved to avoid the case where some MSI-X capable 267 vector reserved to avoid the case where some MSI-X capable
268 drivers may attempt to claim all available vector resources. 268 drivers may attempt to claim all available vector resources.
269 269
270z = The number of MSI-X capable devices pupulated in the system. 270z = The number of MSI-X capable devices populated in the system.
271 This policy ensures that maximum (x - y) is distributed 271 This policy ensures that maximum (x - y) is distributed
272 evenly among MSI-X capable devices. 272 evenly among MSI-X capable devices.
273 273
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt b/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt
index 318df44259b3..820fee236967 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt
@@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ The rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock() primitive read-acquire
582and release a global reader-writer lock. The synchronize_rcu() 582and release a global reader-writer lock. The synchronize_rcu()
583primitive write-acquires this same lock, then immediately releases 583primitive write-acquires this same lock, then immediately releases
584it. This means that once synchronize_rcu() exits, all RCU read-side 584it. This means that once synchronize_rcu() exits, all RCU read-side
585critical sections that were in progress before synchonize_rcu() was 585critical sections that were in progress before synchronize_rcu() was
586called are guaranteed to have completed -- there is no way that 586called are guaranteed to have completed -- there is no way that
587synchronize_rcu() would have been able to write-acquire the lock 587synchronize_rcu() would have been able to write-acquire the lock
588otherwise. 588otherwise.
@@ -750,7 +750,7 @@ Or, for those who prefer a side-by-side listing:
750 750
751Either way, the differences are quite small. Read-side locking moves 751Either way, the differences are quite small. Read-side locking moves
752to rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock, update-side locking moves from 752to rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock, update-side locking moves from
753from a reader-writer lock to a simple spinlock, and a synchronize_rcu() 753a reader-writer lock to a simple spinlock, and a synchronize_rcu()
754precedes the kfree(). 754precedes the kfree().
755 755
756However, there is one potential catch: the read-side and update-side 756However, there is one potential catch: the read-side and update-side
diff --git a/Documentation/aoe/todo.txt b/Documentation/aoe/todo.txt
index 7fee1e1165bc..c09dfad4aed8 100644
--- a/Documentation/aoe/todo.txt
+++ b/Documentation/aoe/todo.txt
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ not been observed, but it would be nice to eliminate any potential for
7deadlock under memory pressure. 7deadlock under memory pressure.
8 8
9Because ATA over Ethernet is not fragmented by the kernel's IP code, 9Because ATA over Ethernet is not fragmented by the kernel's IP code,
10the destructore member of the struct sk_buff is available to the aoe 10the destructor member of the struct sk_buff is available to the aoe
11driver. By using a mempool for allocating all but the first few 11driver. By using a mempool for allocating all but the first few
12sk_buffs, and by registering a destructor, we should be able to 12sk_buffs, and by registering a destructor, we should be able to
13efficiently allocate sk_buffs without introducing any potential for 13efficiently allocate sk_buffs without introducing any potential for
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/serial_UART b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/serial_UART
index aea2e91ca0ef..a63966f1d083 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/SA1100/serial_UART
+++ b/Documentation/arm/SA1100/serial_UART
@@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ The SA1100 serial port had its major/minor numbers officially assigned:
24> 7 = /dev/cusa2 Callout device for ttySA2 24> 7 = /dev/cusa2 Callout device for ttySA2
25> 25>
26 26
27If you're not using devfs, you must create those inodes in /dev 27You must create those inodes in /dev on the root filesystem used
28on the root filesystem used by your SA1100-based device: 28by your SA1100-based device:
29 29
30 mknod ttySA0 c 204 5 30 mknod ttySA0 c 204 5
31 mknod ttySA1 c 204 6 31 mknod ttySA1 c 204 6
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/EB2410ITX.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/EB2410ITX.txt
index 000e3d7a78b2..26422f0f9080 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/EB2410ITX.txt
+++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/EB2410ITX.txt
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ MTD
38--- 38---
39 39
40 The NAND and NOR support has been merged from the linux-mtd project. 40 The NAND and NOR support has been merged from the linux-mtd project.
41 Any prolbems, see http://www.linux-mtd.infradead.org/ for more 41 Any problems, see http://www.linux-mtd.infradead.org/ for more
42 information or up-to-date versions of linux-mtd. 42 information or up-to-date versions of linux-mtd.
43 43
44 44
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/GPIO.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/GPIO.txt
index 0822764ec270..8caea8c237ee 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/GPIO.txt
+++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/GPIO.txt
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Headers
24 header include/asm-arm/arch-s3c2410/hardware.h which can be 24 header include/asm-arm/arch-s3c2410/hardware.h which can be
25 included by #include <asm/arch/hardware.h> 25 included by #include <asm/arch/hardware.h>
26 26
27 A useful ammount of documentation can be found in the hardware 27 A useful amount of documentation can be found in the hardware
28 header on how the GPIO functions (and others) work. 28 header on how the GPIO functions (and others) work.
29 29
30 Whilst a number of these functions do make some checks on what 30 Whilst a number of these functions do make some checks on what
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Overview.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Overview.txt
index 3e46d2a31158..dda7ecdde87b 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Overview.txt
+++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Overview.txt
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Machines
80Adding New Machines 80Adding New Machines
81------------------- 81-------------------
82 82
83 The archicture has been designed to support as many machines as can 83 The architecture has been designed to support as many machines as can
84 be configured for it in one kernel build, and any future additions 84 be configured for it in one kernel build, and any future additions
85 should keep this in mind before altering items outside of their own 85 should keep this in mind before altering items outside of their own
86 machine files. 86 machine files.
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/S3C2412.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/S3C2412.txt
index cb82a7fc7901..295d971a15ed 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/S3C2412.txt
+++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/S3C2412.txt
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ RTC
80Watchdog 80Watchdog
81-------- 81--------
82 82
83 The watchdog harware is the same as the S3C2410, and is supported by 83 The watchdog hardware is the same as the S3C2410, and is supported by
84 the s3c2410_wdt driver. 84 the s3c2410_wdt driver.
85 85
86 86
diff --git a/Documentation/block/as-iosched.txt b/Documentation/block/as-iosched.txt
index 6f47332c883d..e2a66f8143c5 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/as-iosched.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/as-iosched.txt
@@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ contrast, many write requests may be dispatched to the disk controller
99at a time during a write batch. It is this characteristic that can make 99at a time during a write batch. It is this characteristic that can make
100the anticipatory scheduler perform anomalously with controllers supporting 100the anticipatory scheduler perform anomalously with controllers supporting
101TCQ, or with hardware striped RAID devices. Setting the antic_expire 101TCQ, or with hardware striped RAID devices. Setting the antic_expire
102queue paramter (see below) to zero disables this behavior, and the anticipatory 102queue parameter (see below) to zero disables this behavior, and the
103scheduler behaves essentially like the deadline scheduler. 103anticipatory scheduler behaves essentially like the deadline scheduler.
104 104
105When read anticipation is enabled (antic_expire is not zero), reads 105When read anticipation is enabled (antic_expire is not zero), reads
106are dispatched to the disk controller one at a time. 106are dispatched to the disk controller one at a time.
diff --git a/Documentation/block/barrier.txt b/Documentation/block/barrier.txt
index 03971518b222..a272c3db8094 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/barrier.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/barrier.txt
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ of the following three ways.
25i. For devices which have queue depth greater than 1 (TCQ devices) and 25i. For devices which have queue depth greater than 1 (TCQ devices) and
26support ordered tags, block layer can just issue the barrier as an 26support ordered tags, block layer can just issue the barrier as an
27ordered request and the lower level driver, controller and drive 27ordered request and the lower level driver, controller and drive
28itself are responsible for making sure that the ordering contraint is 28itself are responsible for making sure that the ordering constraint is
29met. Most modern SCSI controllers/drives should support this. 29met. Most modern SCSI controllers/drives should support this.
30 30
31NOTE: SCSI ordered tag isn't currently used due to limitation in the 31NOTE: SCSI ordered tag isn't currently used due to limitation in the
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ iii. Devices which have queue depth of 1. This is a degenerate case
42of ii. Just keeping issue order suffices. Ancient SCSI 42of ii. Just keeping issue order suffices. Ancient SCSI
43controllers/drives and IDE drives are in this category. 43controllers/drives and IDE drives are in this category.
44 44
452. Forced flushing to physcial medium 452. Forced flushing to physical medium
46 46
47Again, if you're not gonna do synchronization with disk drives (dang, 47Again, if you're not gonna do synchronization with disk drives (dang,
48it sounds even more appealing now!), the reason you use I/O barriers 48it sounds even more appealing now!), the reason you use I/O barriers
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ There are four cases,
56i. No write-back cache. Keeping requests ordered is enough. 56i. No write-back cache. Keeping requests ordered is enough.
57 57
58ii. Write-back cache but no flush operation. There's no way to 58ii. Write-back cache but no flush operation. There's no way to
59gurantee physical-medium commit order. This kind of devices can't to 59guarantee physical-medium commit order. This kind of devices can't to
60I/O barriers. 60I/O barriers.
61 61
62iii. Write-back cache and flush operation but no FUA (forced unit 62iii. Write-back cache and flush operation but no FUA (forced unit
diff --git a/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt b/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
index f989a9e839b4..34bf8f60d8f8 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ Some new queue property settings:
135 Sets two variables that limit the size of the request. 135 Sets two variables that limit the size of the request.
136 136
137 - The request queue's max_sectors, which is a soft size in 137 - The request queue's max_sectors, which is a soft size in
138 in units of 512 byte sectors, and could be dynamically varied 138 units of 512 byte sectors, and could be dynamically varied
139 by the core kernel. 139 by the core kernel.
140 140
141 - The request queue's max_hw_sectors, which is a hard limit 141 - The request queue's max_hw_sectors, which is a hard limit
@@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ all the outstanding requests. There's a third helper to do that:
783 783
784 blk_queue_invalidate_tags(request_queue_t *q) 784 blk_queue_invalidate_tags(request_queue_t *q)
785 785
786 Clear the internal block tag queue and readd all the pending requests 786 Clear the internal block tag queue and re-add all the pending requests
787 to the request queue. The driver will receive them again on the 787 to the request queue. The driver will receive them again on the
788 next request_fn run, just like it did the first time it encountered 788 next request_fn run, just like it did the first time it encountered
789 them. 789 them.
@@ -890,7 +890,7 @@ Aside:
890 890
891 Kvec i/o: 891 Kvec i/o:
892 892
893 Ben LaHaise's aio code uses a slighly different structure instead 893 Ben LaHaise's aio code uses a slightly different structure instead
894 of kiobufs, called a kvec_cb. This contains an array of <page, offset, len> 894 of kiobufs, called a kvec_cb. This contains an array of <page, offset, len>
895 tuples (very much like the networking code), together with a callback function 895 tuples (very much like the networking code), together with a callback function
896 and data pointer. This is embedded into a brw_cb structure when passed 896 and data pointer. This is embedded into a brw_cb structure when passed
@@ -988,7 +988,7 @@ elevator_exit_fn Allocate and free any elevator specific storage
988 for a queue. 988 for a queue.
989 989
9904.2 Request flows seen by I/O schedulers 9904.2 Request flows seen by I/O schedulers
991All requests seens by I/O schedulers strictly follow one of the following three 991All requests seen by I/O schedulers strictly follow one of the following three
992flows. 992flows.
993 993
994 set_req_fn -> 994 set_req_fn ->
@@ -1203,6 +1203,6 @@ temporarily map a bio into the virtual address space.
1203and Linus' comments - Jan 2001) 1203and Linus' comments - Jan 2001)
12049.2 Discussions about kiobuf and bh design on lkml between sct, linus, alan 12049.2 Discussions about kiobuf and bh design on lkml between sct, linus, alan
1205et al - Feb-March 2001 (many of the initial thoughts that led to bio were 1205et al - Feb-March 2001 (many of the initial thoughts that led to bio were
1206brought up in this discusion thread) 1206brought up in this discussion thread)
12079.3 Discussions on mempool on lkml - Dec 2001. 12079.3 Discussions on mempool on lkml - Dec 2001.
1208 1208
diff --git a/Documentation/block/deadline-iosched.txt b/Documentation/block/deadline-iosched.txt
index c918b3a6022d..be08ffd1e9b8 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/deadline-iosched.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/deadline-iosched.txt
@@ -23,11 +23,11 @@ you can do so by typing:
23read_expire (in ms) 23read_expire (in ms)
24----------- 24-----------
25 25
26The goal of the deadline io scheduler is to attempt to guarentee a start 26The goal of the deadline io scheduler is to attempt to guarantee a start
27service time for a request. As we focus mainly on read latencies, this is 27service time for a request. As we focus mainly on read latencies, this is
28tunable. When a read request first enters the io scheduler, it is assigned 28tunable. When a read request first enters the io scheduler, it is assigned
29a deadline that is the current time + the read_expire value in units of 29a deadline that is the current time + the read_expire value in units of
30miliseconds. 30milliseconds.
31 31
32 32
33write_expire (in ms) 33write_expire (in ms)
diff --git a/Documentation/cciss.txt b/Documentation/cciss.txt
index 9c629ffa0e58..f74affe5c829 100644
--- a/Documentation/cciss.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cciss.txt
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ the /proc filesystem entry which the "block" side of the driver creates as
80the SCSI core may not yet be initialized (because the driver is a block 80the SCSI core may not yet be initialized (because the driver is a block
81driver) and attempting to register it with the SCSI core in such a case 81driver) and attempting to register it with the SCSI core in such a case
82would cause a hang. This is best done via an initialization script 82would cause a hang. This is best done via an initialization script
83(typically in /etc/init.d, but could vary depending on distibution). 83(typically in /etc/init.d, but could vary depending on distribution).
84For example: 84For example:
85 85
86 for x in /proc/driver/cciss/cciss[0-9]* 86 for x in /proc/driver/cciss/cciss[0-9]*
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ side during the SCSI error recovery process, the cciss driver only
152implements the first two of these actions, aborting the command, and 152implements the first two of these actions, aborting the command, and
153resetting the device. Additionally, most tape drives will not oblige 153resetting the device. Additionally, most tape drives will not oblige
154in aborting commands, and sometimes it appears they will not even 154in aborting commands, and sometimes it appears they will not even
155obey a reset coommand, though in most circumstances they will. In 155obey a reset command, though in most circumstances they will. In
156the case that the command cannot be aborted and the device cannot be 156the case that the command cannot be aborted and the device cannot be
157reset, the device will be set offline. 157reset, the device will be set offline.
158 158
diff --git a/Documentation/computone.txt b/Documentation/computone.txt
index b1cf59b84d97..5e2a0c76bfa0 100644
--- a/Documentation/computone.txt
+++ b/Documentation/computone.txt
@@ -199,30 +199,6 @@ boxes this will leave gaps in the sequence of device names. ip2mkdev uses
199Linux tty naming conventions: ttyF0 - ttyF255 for normal devices, and 199Linux tty naming conventions: ttyF0 - ttyF255 for normal devices, and
200cuf0 - cuf255 for callout devices. 200cuf0 - cuf255 for callout devices.
201 201
202If you are using devfs, existing devices are automatically created within
203the devfs name space. Normal devices will be tts/F0 - tts/F255 and callout
204devices will be cua/F0 - cua/F255. With devfs installed, ip2mkdev will
205create symbolic links in /dev from the old conventional names to the newer
206devfs names as follows:
207
208 /dev/ip2ipl[n] -> /dev/ip2/ipl[n] n = 0 - 3
209 /dev/ip2stat[n] -> /dev/ip2/stat[n] n = 0 - 3
210 /dev/ttyF[n] -> /dev/tts/F[n] n = 0 - 255
211 /dev/cuf[n] -> /dev/cua/F[n] n = 0 - 255
212
213Only devices for existing ports and boards will be created.
214
215IMPORTANT NOTE: The naming convention used for devfs by this driver
216was changed from 1.2.12 to 1.2.13. The old naming convention was to
217use ttf/%d for the tty device and cuf/%d for the cua device. That
218has been changed to conform to an agreed-upon standard of placing
219all the tty devices under tts. The device names are now tts/F%d for
220the tty device and cua/F%d for the cua devices. If you were using
221the older devfs names, you must update for the newer convention.
222
223You do not need to run ip2mkdev if you are using devfs and only want to
224use the devfs native device names.
225
226 202
2274. USING THE DRIVERS 2034. USING THE DRIVERS
228 204
@@ -256,57 +232,15 @@ cut out and run as "ip2mkdev" to create the necessary device files. To
256use the ip2mkdev script, you must have procfs enabled and the proc file 232use the ip2mkdev script, you must have procfs enabled and the proc file
257system mounted on /proc. 233system mounted on /proc.
258 234
259You do not need to run ip2mkdev if you are using devfs and only want to
260use the devfs native device names.
261
262
2636. DEVFS
264
265DEVFS is the DEVice File System available as an add on package for the
2662.2.x kernels and available as a configuration option in 2.3.46 and higher.
267Devfs allows for the automatic creation and management of device names
268under control of the device drivers themselves. The Devfs namespace is
269hierarchical and reduces the clutter present in the normal flat /dev
270namespace. Devfs names and conventional device names may be intermixed.
271A userspace daemon, devfsd, exists to allow for automatic creation and
272management of symbolic links from the devfs name space to the conventional
273names. More details on devfs can be found on the DEVFS home site at
274<http://www.atnf.csiro.au/~rgooch/linux/> or in the file kernel
275documentation files, .../linux/Documentation/filesystems/devfs/README.
276
277If you are using devfs, existing devices are automatically created within
278the devfs name space. Normal devices will be tts/F0 - tts/F255 and callout
279devices will be cua/F0 - cua/F255. With devfs installed, ip2mkdev will
280create symbolic links in /dev from the old conventional names to the newer
281devfs names as follows:
282
283 /dev/ip2ipl[n] -> /dev/ip2/ipl[n] n = 0 - 3
284 /dev/ip2stat[n] -> /dev/ip2/stat[n] n = 0 - 3
285 /dev/ttyF[n] -> /dev/tts/F[n] n = 0 - 255
286 /dev/cuf[n] -> /dev/cua/F[n] n = 0 - 255
287
288Only devices for existing ports and boards will be created.
289
290IMPORTANT NOTE: The naming convention used for devfs by this driver
291was changed from 1.2.12 to 1.2.13. The old naming convention was to
292use ttf/%d for the tty device and cuf/%d for the cua device. That
293has been changed to conform to an agreed-upon standard of placing
294all the tty devices under tts. The device names are now tts/F%d for
295the tty device and cua/F%d for the cua devices. If you were using
296the older devfs names, you must update for the newer convention.
297
298You do not need to run ip2mkdev if you are using devfs and only want to
299use the devfs native device names.
300
301 235
3027. NOTES 2366. NOTES
303 237
304This is a release version of the driver, but it is impossible to test it 238This is a release version of the driver, but it is impossible to test it
305in all configurations of Linux. If there is any anomalous behaviour that 239in all configurations of Linux. If there is any anomalous behaviour that
306does not match the standard serial port's behaviour please let us know. 240does not match the standard serial port's behaviour please let us know.
307 241
308 242
3098. ip2mkdev shell script 2437. ip2mkdev shell script
310 244
311Previously, this script was simply attached here. It is now attached as a 245Previously, this script was simply attached here. It is now attached as a
312shar archive to make it easier to extract the script from the documentation. 246shar archive to make it easier to extract the script from the documentation.
diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpufreq-stats.txt b/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpufreq-stats.txt
index 6a82948ff4bd..53d62c1e1c94 100644
--- a/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpufreq-stats.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpufreq-stats.txt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
1 1
2 CPU frequency and voltage scaling statictics in the Linux(TM) kernel 2 CPU frequency and voltage scaling statistics in the Linux(TM) kernel
3 3
4 4
5 L i n u x c p u f r e q - s t a t s d r i v e r 5 L i n u x c p u f r e q - s t a t s d r i v e r
@@ -18,8 +18,8 @@ Contents
181. Introduction 181. Introduction
19 19
20cpufreq-stats is a driver that provices CPU frequency statistics for each CPU. 20cpufreq-stats is a driver that provices CPU frequency statistics for each CPU.
21This statistics is provided in /sysfs as a bunch of read_only interfaces. This 21These statistics are provided in /sysfs as a bunch of read_only interfaces. This
22interface (when configured) will appear in a seperate directory under cpufreq 22interface (when configured) will appear in a separate directory under cpufreq
23in /sysfs (<sysfs root>/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/stats/) for each CPU. 23in /sysfs (<sysfs root>/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpufreq/stats/) for each CPU.
24Various statistics will form read_only files under this directory. 24Various statistics will form read_only files under this directory.
25 25
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 May 14 15:58 ..
53This gives the amount of time spent in each of the frequencies supported by 53This gives the amount of time spent in each of the frequencies supported by
54this CPU. The cat output will have "<frequency> <time>" pair in each line, which 54this CPU. The cat output will have "<frequency> <time>" pair in each line, which
55will mean this CPU spent <time> usertime units of time at <frequency>. Output 55will mean this CPU spent <time> usertime units of time at <frequency>. Output
56will have one line for each of the supported freuencies. usertime units here 56will have one line for each of the supported frequencies. usertime units here
57is 10mS (similar to other time exported in /proc). 57is 10mS (similar to other time exported in /proc).
58 58
59-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 59--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ basic statistics which includes time_in_state and total_trans.
115 115
116"CPU frequency translation statistics details" (CONFIG_CPU_FREQ_STAT_DETAILS) 116"CPU frequency translation statistics details" (CONFIG_CPU_FREQ_STAT_DETAILS)
117provides fine grained cpufreq stats by trans_table. The reason for having a 117provides fine grained cpufreq stats by trans_table. The reason for having a
118seperate config option for trans_table is: 118separate config option for trans_table is:
119- trans_table goes against the traditional /sysfs rule of one value per 119- trans_table goes against the traditional /sysfs rule of one value per
120 interface. It provides a whole bunch of value in a 2 dimensional matrix 120 interface. It provides a whole bunch of value in a 2 dimensional matrix
121 form. 121 form.
diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-freq/governors.txt b/Documentation/cpu-freq/governors.txt
index f4b8dc4237e6..6a9c55bd556b 100644
--- a/Documentation/cpu-freq/governors.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cpu-freq/governors.txt
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ selected for each specific use.
57 57
58Basically, it's the following flow graph: 58Basically, it's the following flow graph:
59 59
60CPU can be set to switch independetly | CPU can only be set 60CPU can be set to switch independently | CPU can only be set
61 within specific "limits" | to specific frequencies 61 within specific "limits" | to specific frequencies
62 62
63 "CPUfreq policy" 63 "CPUfreq policy"
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ directory.
1092.4 Ondemand 1092.4 Ondemand
110------------ 110------------
111 111
112The CPUfreq govenor "ondemand" sets the CPU depending on the 112The CPUfreq governor "ondemand" sets the CPU depending on the
113current usage. To do this the CPU must have the capability to 113current usage. To do this the CPU must have the capability to
114switch the frequency very quickly. There are a number of sysfs file 114switch the frequency very quickly. There are a number of sysfs file
115accessible parameters: 115accessible parameters:
@@ -137,11 +137,11 @@ have to be made in a row before the CPU frequency is actually lower.
137If set to '1' then the frequency decreases as quickly as it increases, 137If set to '1' then the frequency decreases as quickly as it increases,
138if set to '2' it decreases at half the rate of the increase. 138if set to '2' it decreases at half the rate of the increase.
139 139
140ignore_nice_load: this parameter takes a value of '0' or '1', when set 140ignore_nice_load: this parameter takes a value of '0' or '1'. When
141to '0' (its default) then all processes are counted towards towards the 141set to '0' (its default), all processes are counted towards the
142'cpu utilisation' value. When set to '1' then processes that are 142'cpu utilisation' value. When set to '1', the processes that are
143run with a 'nice' value will not count (and thus be ignored) in the 143run with a 'nice' value will not count (and thus be ignored) in the
144overal usage calculation. This is useful if you are running a CPU 144overall usage calculation. This is useful if you are running a CPU
145intensive calculation on your laptop that you do not care how long it 145intensive calculation on your laptop that you do not care how long it
146takes to complete as you can 'nice' it and prevent it from taking part 146takes to complete as you can 'nice' it and prevent it from taking part
147in the deciding process of whether to increase your CPU frequency. 147in the deciding process of whether to increase your CPU frequency.
diff --git a/Documentation/cputopology.txt b/Documentation/cputopology.txt
index 2b28e9ec4e3a..b61cb9564023 100644
--- a/Documentation/cputopology.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cputopology.txt
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ The type of **_id is int.
26The type of siblings is cpumask_t. 26The type of siblings is cpumask_t.
27 27
28To be consistent on all architectures, the 4 attributes should have 28To be consistent on all architectures, the 4 attributes should have
29deafult values if their values are unavailable. Below is the rule. 29default values if their values are unavailable. Below is the rule.
301) physical_package_id: If cpu has no physical package id, -1 is the 301) physical_package_id: If cpu has no physical package id, -1 is the
31default value. 31default value.
322) core_id: If cpu doesn't support multi-core, its core id is 0. 322) core_id: If cpu doesn't support multi-core, its core id is 0.
diff --git a/Documentation/dell_rbu.txt b/Documentation/dell_rbu.txt
index 941343a7a265..2c0d631de0cf 100644
--- a/Documentation/dell_rbu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/dell_rbu.txt
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ for updating BIOS images on Dell servers and desktops.
4 4
5Scope: 5Scope:
6This document discusses the functionality of the rbu driver only. 6This document discusses the functionality of the rbu driver only.
7It does not cover the support needed from aplications to enable the BIOS to 7It does not cover the support needed from applications to enable the BIOS to
8update itself with the image downloaded in to the memory. 8update itself with the image downloaded in to the memory.
9 9
10Overview: 10Overview:
@@ -16,8 +16,8 @@ OpenManage and Dell Update packages (DUP).
16Libsmbios can also be used to update BIOS on Dell systems go to 16Libsmbios can also be used to update BIOS on Dell systems go to
17http://linux.dell.com/libsmbios/ for details. 17http://linux.dell.com/libsmbios/ for details.
18 18
19Dell_RBU driver supports BIOS update using the monilothic image and packetized 19Dell_RBU driver supports BIOS update using the monolithic image and packetized
20image methods. In case of moniolithic the driver allocates a contiguous chunk 20image methods. In case of monolithic the driver allocates a contiguous chunk
21of physical pages having the BIOS image. In case of packetized the app 21of physical pages having the BIOS image. In case of packetized the app
22using the driver breaks the image in to packets of fixed sizes and the driver 22using the driver breaks the image in to packets of fixed sizes and the driver
23would place each packet in contiguous physical memory. The driver also 23would place each packet in contiguous physical memory. The driver also
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ The driver supports two types of update mechanism; monolithic and packetized.
41These update mechanism depends upon the BIOS currently running on the system. 41These update mechanism depends upon the BIOS currently running on the system.
42Most of the Dell systems support a monolithic update where the BIOS image is 42Most of the Dell systems support a monolithic update where the BIOS image is
43copied to a single contiguous block of physical memory. 43copied to a single contiguous block of physical memory.
44In case of packet mechanism the single memory can be broken in smaller chuks 44In case of packet mechanism the single memory can be broken in smaller chunks
45of contiguous memory and the BIOS image is scattered in these packets. 45of contiguous memory and the BIOS image is scattered in these packets.
46 46
47By default the driver uses monolithic memory for the update type. This can be 47By default the driver uses monolithic memory for the update type. This can be
@@ -52,11 +52,11 @@ echo packet > /sys/devices/platform/dell_rbu/image_type
52In packet update mode the packet size has to be given before any packets can 52In packet update mode the packet size has to be given before any packets can
53be downloaded. It is done as below 53be downloaded. It is done as below
54echo XXXX > /sys/devices/platform/dell_rbu/packet_size 54echo XXXX > /sys/devices/platform/dell_rbu/packet_size
55In the packet update mechanism, the user neesd to create a new file having 55In the packet update mechanism, the user needs to create a new file having
56packets of data arranged back to back. It can be done as follows 56packets of data arranged back to back. It can be done as follows
57The user creates packets header, gets the chunk of the BIOS image and 57The user creates packets header, gets the chunk of the BIOS image and
58placs it next to the packetheader; now, the packetheader + BIOS image chunk 58places it next to the packetheader; now, the packetheader + BIOS image chunk
59added to geather should match the specified packet_size. This makes one 59added together should match the specified packet_size. This makes one
60packet, the user needs to create more such packets out of the entire BIOS 60packet, the user needs to create more such packets out of the entire BIOS
61image file and then arrange all these packets back to back in to one single 61image file and then arrange all these packets back to back in to one single
62file. 62file.
@@ -93,8 +93,8 @@ read back the image downloaded.
93NOTE: 93NOTE:
94This driver requires a patch for firmware_class.c which has the modified 94This driver requires a patch for firmware_class.c which has the modified
95request_firmware_nowait function. 95request_firmware_nowait function.
96Also after updating the BIOS image an user mdoe application neeeds to execute 96Also after updating the BIOS image a user mode application needs to execute
97code which message the BIOS update request to the BIOS. So on the next reboot 97code which sends the BIOS update request to the BIOS. So on the next reboot
98the BIOS knows about the new image downloaded and it updates it self. 98the BIOS knows about the new image downloaded and it updates itself.
99Also don't unload the rbu drive if the image has to be updated. 99Also don't unload the rbu driver if the image has to be updated.
100 100
diff --git a/Documentation/devices.txt b/Documentation/devices.txt
index addc67b1d770..28c4f79662c2 100644
--- a/Documentation/devices.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devices.txt
@@ -2005,7 +2005,7 @@ Your cooperation is appreciated.
2005116 char Advanced Linux Sound Driver (ALSA) 2005116 char Advanced Linux Sound Driver (ALSA)
2006 2006
2007116 block MicroMemory battery backed RAM adapter (NVRAM) 2007116 block MicroMemory battery backed RAM adapter (NVRAM)
2008 Supports 16 boards, 15 paritions each. 2008 Supports 16 boards, 15 partitions each.
2009 Requested by neilb at cse.unsw.edu.au. 2009 Requested by neilb at cse.unsw.edu.au.
2010 2010
2011 0 = /dev/umem/d0 Whole of first board 2011 0 = /dev/umem/d0 Whole of first board
@@ -3094,7 +3094,7 @@ Your cooperation is appreciated.
3094 This major is reserved to assist the expansion to a 3094 This major is reserved to assist the expansion to a
3095 larger number space. No device nodes with this major 3095 larger number space. No device nodes with this major
3096 should ever be created on the filesystem. 3096 should ever be created on the filesystem.
3097 (This is probaly not true anymore, but I'll leave it 3097 (This is probably not true anymore, but I'll leave it
3098 for now /Torben) 3098 for now /Torben)
3099 3099
3100---LARGE MAJORS!!!!!--- 3100---LARGE MAJORS!!!!!---
@@ -3205,7 +3205,7 @@ for a session; this includes virtual consoles, serial ports, and
3205pseudoterminals (PTYs). 3205pseudoterminals (PTYs).
3206 3206
3207All terminal devices share a common set of capabilities known as line 3207All terminal devices share a common set of capabilities known as line
3208diciplines; these include the common terminal line dicipline as well 3208disciplines; these include the common terminal line discipline as well
3209as SLIP and PPP modes. 3209as SLIP and PPP modes.
3210 3210
3211All terminal devices are named similarly; this section explains the 3211All terminal devices are named similarly; this section explains the
@@ -3285,7 +3285,7 @@ port TTY, for which no alternate device would exist.
3285 Pseudoterminals (PTYs) 3285 Pseudoterminals (PTYs)
3286 3286
3287Pseudoterminals, or PTYs, are used to create login sessions or provide 3287Pseudoterminals, or PTYs, are used to create login sessions or provide
3288other capabilities requiring a TTY line dicipline (including SLIP or 3288other capabilities requiring a TTY line discipline (including SLIP or
3289PPP capability) to arbitrary data-generation processes. Each PTY has 3289PPP capability) to arbitrary data-generation processes. Each PTY has
3290a master side, named /dev/pty[p-za-e][0-9a-f], and a slave side, named 3290a master side, named /dev/pty[p-za-e][0-9a-f], and a slave side, named
3291/dev/tty[p-za-e][0-9a-f]. The kernel arbitrates the use of PTYs by 3291/dev/tty[p-za-e][0-9a-f]. The kernel arbitrates the use of PTYs by
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-model/class.txt b/Documentation/driver-model/class.txt
index 2d1d893a5e5d..548505f14aa4 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-model/class.txt
+++ b/Documentation/driver-model/class.txt
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ device. The following device classes have been identified:
12 12
13Each device class defines a set of semantics and a programming interface 13Each device class defines a set of semantics and a programming interface
14that devices of that class adhere to. Device drivers are the 14that devices of that class adhere to. Device drivers are the
15implemention of that programming interface for a particular device on 15implementation of that programming interface for a particular device on
16a particular bus. 16a particular bus.
17 17
18Device classes are agnostic with respect to what bus a device resides 18Device classes are agnostic with respect to what bus a device resides
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-model/driver.txt b/Documentation/driver-model/driver.txt
index 59806c9761f7..82132169d47a 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-model/driver.txt
+++ b/Documentation/driver-model/driver.txt
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ the driver to that device.
178 178
179A driver's probe() may return a negative errno value to indicate that 179A driver's probe() may return a negative errno value to indicate that
180the driver did not bind to this device, in which case it should have 180the driver did not bind to this device, in which case it should have
181released all reasources it allocated. 181released all resources it allocated.
182 182
183 int (*remove) (struct device * dev); 183 int (*remove) (struct device * dev);
184 184
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-model/overview.txt b/Documentation/driver-model/overview.txt
index 2050c9ffc629..07236ed968da 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-model/overview.txt
+++ b/Documentation/driver-model/overview.txt
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ the two.
57 57
58The PCI bus layer freely accesses the fields of struct device. It knows about 58The PCI bus layer freely accesses the fields of struct device. It knows about
59the structure of struct pci_dev, and it should know the structure of struct 59the structure of struct pci_dev, and it should know the structure of struct
60device. Individual PCI device drivers that have been converted the the current 60device. Individual PCI device drivers that have been converted to the current
61driver model generally do not and should not touch the fields of struct device, 61driver model generally do not and should not touch the fields of struct device,
62unless there is a strong compelling reason to do so. 62unless there is a strong compelling reason to do so.
63 63
diff --git a/Documentation/dvb/avermedia.txt b/Documentation/dvb/avermedia.txt
index 8bab8461a4af..e44c009ac6c5 100644
--- a/Documentation/dvb/avermedia.txt
+++ b/Documentation/dvb/avermedia.txt
@@ -45,9 +45,9 @@ Assumptions and Introduction
45 by circuitry on the card and is often presented uncompressed. 45 by circuitry on the card and is often presented uncompressed.
46 For a PAL TV signal encoded at a resolution of 768x576 24-bit 46 For a PAL TV signal encoded at a resolution of 768x576 24-bit
47 color pixels over 25 frames per second - a fair amount of data 47 color pixels over 25 frames per second - a fair amount of data
48 is generated and must be proceesed by the PC before it can be 48 is generated and must be processed by the PC before it can be
49 displayed on the video monitor screen. Some Analogue TV cards 49 displayed on the video monitor screen. Some Analogue TV cards
50 for PC's have onboard MPEG2 encoders which permit the raw 50 for PCs have onboard MPEG2 encoders which permit the raw
51 digital data stream to be presented to the PC in an encoded 51 digital data stream to be presented to the PC in an encoded
52 and compressed form - similar to the form that is used in 52 and compressed form - similar to the form that is used in
53 Digital TV. 53 Digital TV.
diff --git a/Documentation/dvb/cards.txt b/Documentation/dvb/cards.txt
index 9e10092440e1..ca58e339d85f 100644
--- a/Documentation/dvb/cards.txt
+++ b/Documentation/dvb/cards.txt
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Hardware supported by the linuxtv.org DVB drivers
5 frontends (i.e. tuner / demodulator units) used, usually without 5 frontends (i.e. tuner / demodulator units) used, usually without
6 changing the product name, revision number or specs. Some cards 6 changing the product name, revision number or specs. Some cards
7 are also available in versions with different frontends for 7 are also available in versions with different frontends for
8 DVB-S/DVB-C/DVB-T. Thus the frontend drivers are listed seperately. 8 DVB-S/DVB-C/DVB-T. Thus the frontend drivers are listed separately.
9 9
10 Note 1: There is no guarantee that every frontend driver works 10 Note 1: There is no guarantee that every frontend driver works
11 out of the box with every card, because of different wiring. 11 out of the box with every card, because of different wiring.
diff --git a/Documentation/dvb/ci.txt b/Documentation/dvb/ci.txt
index 95f0e73b2135..531239b29082 100644
--- a/Documentation/dvb/ci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/dvb/ci.txt
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ This application requires the following to function properly as of now.
32 descrambler to function, 32 descrambler to function,
33 eg: $ ca_zap channels.conf "TMC" 33 eg: $ ca_zap channels.conf "TMC"
34 34
35 (d) Hopeflly Enjoy your favourite subscribed channel as you do with 35 (d) Hopefully enjoy your favourite subscribed channel as you do with
36 a FTA card. 36 a FTA card.
37 37
38(3) Currently ca_zap, and dst_test, both are meant for demonstration 38(3) Currently ca_zap, and dst_test, both are meant for demonstration
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ Modules that have been tested by this driver at present are
65~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 65~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
66With the High Level CI approach any new card with almost any random 66With the High Level CI approach any new card with almost any random
67architecture can be implemented with this style, the definitions 67architecture can be implemented with this style, the definitions
68insidethe switch statement can be easily adapted for any card, thereby 68inside the switch statement can be easily adapted for any card, thereby
69eliminating the need for any additional ioctls. 69eliminating the need for any additional ioctls.
70 70
71The disadvantage is that the driver/hardware has to manage the rest. For 71The disadvantage is that the driver/hardware has to manage the rest. For
diff --git a/Documentation/dvb/faq.txt b/Documentation/dvb/faq.txt
index a42132d60dc8..dbcedf5833ee 100644
--- a/Documentation/dvb/faq.txt
+++ b/Documentation/dvb/faq.txt
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Some very frequently asked questions about linuxtv-dvb
5 It's not a bug, it's a feature. Because the frontends have 5 It's not a bug, it's a feature. Because the frontends have
6 significant power requirements (and hence get very hot), they 6 significant power requirements (and hence get very hot), they
7 are powered down if they are unused (i.e. if the frontend device 7 are powered down if they are unused (i.e. if the frontend device
8 is closed). The dvb-core.o module paramter "dvb_shutdown_timeout" 8 is closed). The dvb-core.o module parameter "dvb_shutdown_timeout"
9 allow you to change the timeout (default 5 seconds). Setting the 9 allow you to change the timeout (default 5 seconds). Setting the
10 timeout to 0 disables the timeout feature. 10 timeout to 0 disables the timeout feature.
11 11
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ Some very frequently asked questions about linuxtv-dvb
138 138
139 - v4l2-common: common functions for Video4Linux-2 drivers 139 - v4l2-common: common functions for Video4Linux-2 drivers
140 140
141 - v4l1-compat: backward compatiblity layer for Video4Linux-1 legacy 141 - v4l1-compat: backward compatibility layer for Video4Linux-1 legacy
142 applications 142 applications
143 143
144 - dvb-core: DVB core module. This provides you with the 144 - dvb-core: DVB core module. This provides you with the
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ Some very frequently asked questions about linuxtv-dvb
153 - video-buf: capture helper module for the saa7146_vv driver. This 153 - video-buf: capture helper module for the saa7146_vv driver. This
154 one is responsible to handle capture buffers. 154 one is responsible to handle capture buffers.
155 155
156 - dvb-ttpci: The main driver for AV7110 based, full-featued 156 - dvb-ttpci: The main driver for AV7110 based, full-featured
157 DVB-S/C/T cards 157 DVB-S/C/T cards
158 158
159eof 159eof
diff --git a/Documentation/eisa.txt b/Documentation/eisa.txt
index 8c8388da868a..6a099edadd62 100644
--- a/Documentation/eisa.txt
+++ b/Documentation/eisa.txt
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ The EISA infrastructure is made up of three parts :
18 18
19 - The bus code implements most of the generic code. It is shared 19 - The bus code implements most of the generic code. It is shared
20 among all the architectures that the EISA code runs on. It 20 among all the architectures that the EISA code runs on. It
21 implements bus probing (detecting EISA cards avaible on the bus), 21 implements bus probing (detecting EISA cards available on the bus),
22 allocates I/O resources, allows fancy naming through sysfs, and 22 allocates I/O resources, allows fancy naming through sysfs, and
23 offers interfaces for driver to register. 23 offers interfaces for driver to register.
24 24
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ struct eisa_driver {
84 84
85id_table : an array of NULL terminated EISA id strings, 85id_table : an array of NULL terminated EISA id strings,
86 followed by an empty string. Each string can 86 followed by an empty string. Each string can
87 optionnaly be paired with a driver-dependant value 87 optionally be paired with a driver-dependant value
88 (driver_data). 88 (driver_data).
89 89
90driver : a generic driver, such as described in 90driver : a generic driver, such as described in
diff --git a/Documentation/exception.txt b/Documentation/exception.txt
index 3cb39ade290e..2d5aded64247 100644
--- a/Documentation/exception.txt
+++ b/Documentation/exception.txt
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ int verify_area(int type, const void * addr, unsigned long size)
10function (which has since been replaced by access_ok()). 10function (which has since been replaced by access_ok()).
11 11
12This function verified that the memory area starting at address 12This function verified that the memory area starting at address
13addr and of size size was accessible for the operation specified 13'addr' and of size 'size' was accessible for the operation specified
14in type (read or write). To do this, verify_read had to look up the 14in type (read or write). To do this, verify_read had to look up the
15virtual memory area (vma) that contained the address addr. In the 15virtual memory area (vma) that contained the address addr. In the
16normal case (correctly working program), this test was successful. 16normal case (correctly working program), this test was successful.
diff --git a/Documentation/fb/fbcon.txt b/Documentation/fb/fbcon.txt
index f373df12ed4c..99ea58e65eff 100644
--- a/Documentation/fb/fbcon.txt
+++ b/Documentation/fb/fbcon.txt
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ from the console layer before unloading the driver. The VGA driver cannot be
163unloaded if it is still bound to the console layer. (See 163unloaded if it is still bound to the console layer. (See
164Documentation/console/console.txt for more information). 164Documentation/console/console.txt for more information).
165 165
166This is more complicated in the case of the the framebuffer console (fbcon), 166This is more complicated in the case of the framebuffer console (fbcon),
167because fbcon is an intermediate layer between the console and the drivers: 167because fbcon is an intermediate layer between the console and the drivers:
168 168
169console ---> fbcon ---> fbdev drivers ---> hardware 169console ---> fbcon ---> fbdev drivers ---> hardware
diff --git a/Documentation/fb/sisfb.txt b/Documentation/fb/sisfb.txt
index 3b50c517a08d..2e68e503e72f 100644
--- a/Documentation/fb/sisfb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/fb/sisfb.txt
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ information. Additionally, "modinfo sisfb" gives an overview over all
72supported options including some explanation. 72supported options including some explanation.
73 73
74The desired display mode can be specified using the keyword "mode" with 74The desired display mode can be specified using the keyword "mode" with
75a parameter in one of the follwing formats: 75a parameter in one of the following formats:
76 - XxYxDepth or 76 - XxYxDepth or
77 - XxY-Depth or 77 - XxY-Depth or
78 - XxY-Depth@Rate or 78 - XxY-Depth@Rate or
diff --git a/Documentation/fb/sstfb.txt b/Documentation/fb/sstfb.txt
index 628d7ffa8769..df27f5bf15db 100644
--- a/Documentation/fb/sstfb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/fb/sstfb.txt
@@ -48,12 +48,12 @@ Module Usage
48 48
49 Module insertion: 49 Module insertion:
50 # insmod sstfb.o 50 # insmod sstfb.o
51 you should see some strange output frome the board: 51 you should see some strange output from the board:
52 a big blue square, a green and a red small squares and a vertical 52 a big blue square, a green and a red small squares and a vertical
53 white rectangle. why ? the function's name is self explanatory : 53 white rectangle. why? the function's name is self-explanatory:
54 "sstfb_test()"... 54 "sstfb_test()"...
55 (if you don't have a second monitor, you'll have to plug your monitor 55 (if you don't have a second monitor, you'll have to plug your monitor
56 directely to the 2D videocard to see what you're typing) 56 directly to the 2D videocard to see what you're typing)
57 # con2fb /dev/fbx /dev/ttyx 57 # con2fb /dev/fbx /dev/ttyx
58 bind a tty to the new frame buffer. if you already have a frame 58 bind a tty to the new frame buffer. if you already have a frame
59 buffer driver, the voodoo fb will likely be /dev/fb1. if not, 59 buffer driver, the voodoo fb will likely be /dev/fb1. if not,
@@ -72,12 +72,12 @@ Module Usage
72 72
73Kernel/Modules Options 73Kernel/Modules Options
74 74
75 You can pass some otions to sstfb module, and via the kernel command 75 You can pass some options to the sstfb module, and via the kernel
76 line when the driver is compiled in : 76 command line when the driver is compiled in:
77 for module : insmod sstfb.o option1=value1 option2=value2 ... 77 for module : insmod sstfb.o option1=value1 option2=value2 ...
78 in kernel : video=sstfb:option1,option2:value2,option3 ... 78 in kernel : video=sstfb:option1,option2:value2,option3 ...
79 79
80 sstfb supports the folowing options : 80 sstfb supports the following options :
81 81
82Module Kernel Description 82Module Kernel Description
83 83
@@ -95,11 +95,11 @@ inverse=1 inverse Supposed to enable inverse console.
95 95
96clipping=1 clipping Enable or disable clipping. 96clipping=1 clipping Enable or disable clipping.
97clipping=0 noclipping With clipping enabled, all offscreen 97clipping=0 noclipping With clipping enabled, all offscreen
98 reads and writes are disgarded. 98 reads and writes are discarded.
99 Default: enable clipping. 99 Default: enable clipping.
100 100
101gfxclk=x gfxclk:x Force graphic clock frequency (in MHz). 101gfxclk=x gfxclk:x Force graphic clock frequency (in MHz).
102 Be carefull with this option, it may be 102 Be careful with this option, it may be
103 DANGEROUS. 103 DANGEROUS.
104 Default: auto 104 Default: auto
105 50Mhz for Voodoo 1, 105 50Mhz for Voodoo 1,
@@ -137,23 +137,23 @@ Bugs
137 - The driver is 16 bpp only, 24/32 won't work. 137 - The driver is 16 bpp only, 24/32 won't work.
138 - The driver is not your_favorite_toy-safe. this includes SMP... 138 - The driver is not your_favorite_toy-safe. this includes SMP...
139 [Actually from inspection it seems to be safe - Alan] 139 [Actually from inspection it seems to be safe - Alan]
140 - when using XFree86 FBdev (X over fbdev) you may see strange color 140 - When using XFree86 FBdev (X over fbdev) you may see strange color
141 patterns at the border of your windows (the pixels lose the lowest 141 patterns at the border of your windows (the pixels lose the lowest
142 byte -> basicaly the blue component nd some of the green) . I'm unable 142 byte -> basically the blue component and some of the green). I'm unable
143 to reproduce this with XFree86-3.3, but one of the testers has this 143 to reproduce this with XFree86-3.3, but one of the testers has this
144 problem with XFree86-4. apparently recent Xfree86-4.x solve this 144 problem with XFree86-4. Apparently recent Xfree86-4.x solve this
145 problem. 145 problem.
146 - I didn't really test changing the palette, so you may find some weird 146 - I didn't really test changing the palette, so you may find some weird
147 things when playing with that. 147 things when playing with that.
148 - Sometimes the driver will not recognise the DAC , and the 148 - Sometimes the driver will not recognise the DAC, and the
149 initialisation will fail. this is specificaly true for 149 initialisation will fail. This is specifically true for
150 voodoo 2 boards , but it should be solved in recent versions. please 150 voodoo 2 boards, but it should be solved in recent versions. Please
151 contact me . 151 contact me.
152 - the 24/32 is not likely to work anytime soon , knowing that the 152 - The 24/32 is not likely to work anytime soon, knowing that the
153 hardware does ... unusual thigs in 24/32 bpp 153 hardware does ... unusual things in 24/32 bpp.
154 - When used with anther video board, current limitations of linux 154 - When used with another video board, current limitations of the linux
155 console subsystem can cause some troubles, specificaly, you should 155 console subsystem can cause some troubles, specifically, you should
156 disable software scrollback , as it can oops badly ... 156 disable software scrollback, as it can oops badly ...
157 157
158Todo 158Todo
159 159
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ Todo
161 - Buy more coffee. 161 - Buy more coffee.
162 - test/port to other arch. 162 - test/port to other arch.
163 - try to add panning using tweeks with front and back buffer . 163 - try to add panning using tweeks with front and back buffer .
164 - try to implement accel on voodoo2 , this board can actualy do a 164 - try to implement accel on voodoo2, this board can actually do a
165 lot in 2D even if it was sold as a 3D only board ... 165 lot in 2D even if it was sold as a 3D only board ...
166 166
167ghoz. 167ghoz.
diff --git a/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt b/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
index 2e410f5aa750..42b95e0ad558 100644
--- a/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
+++ b/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ Who: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
184--------------------------- 184---------------------------
185 185
186What: USB driver API moves to EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL 186What: USB driver API moves to EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL
187When: Febuary 2008 187When: February 2008
188Files: include/linux/usb.h, drivers/usb/core/driver.c 188Files: include/linux/usb.h, drivers/usb/core/driver.c
189Why: The USB subsystem has changed a lot over time, and it has been 189Why: The USB subsystem has changed a lot over time, and it has been
190 possible to create userspace USB drivers using usbfs/libusb/gadgetfs 190 possible to create userspace USB drivers using usbfs/libusb/gadgetfs
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/00-INDEX b/Documentation/filesystems/00-INDEX
index 16dec61d7671..3c384c0cf86e 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/00-INDEX
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/00-INDEX
@@ -26,8 +26,6 @@ cramfs.txt
26 - info on the cram filesystem for small storage (ROMs etc). 26 - info on the cram filesystem for small storage (ROMs etc).
27dentry-locking.txt 27dentry-locking.txt
28 - info on the RCU-based dcache locking model. 28 - info on the RCU-based dcache locking model.
29devfs/
30 - directory containing devfs documentation.
31directory-locking 29directory-locking
32 - info about the locking scheme used for directory operations. 30 - info about the locking scheme used for directory operations.
33dlmfs.txt 31dlmfs.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/befs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/befs.txt
index 877a7b1d46ec..67391a15949a 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/befs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/befs.txt
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ WARNING
7Make sure you understand that this is alpha software. This means that the 7Make sure you understand that this is alpha software. This means that the
8implementation is neither complete nor well-tested. 8implementation is neither complete nor well-tested.
9 9
10I DISCLAIM ALL RESPONSIBILTY FOR ANY POSSIBLE BAD EFFECTS OF THIS CODE! 10I DISCLAIM ALL RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY POSSIBLE BAD EFFECTS OF THIS CODE!
11 11
12LICENSE 12LICENSE
13===== 13=====
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ He has been working on the code since Aug 13, 2001. See the changelog for
22details. 22details.
23 23
24Original Author: Makoto Kato <m_kato@ga2.so-net.ne.jp> 24Original Author: Makoto Kato <m_kato@ga2.so-net.ne.jp>
25His orriginal code can still be found at: 25His original code can still be found at:
26<http://hp.vector.co.jp/authors/VA008030/bfs/> 26<http://hp.vector.co.jp/authors/VA008030/bfs/>
27Does anyone know of a more current email address for Makoto? He doesn't 27Does anyone know of a more current email address for Makoto? He doesn't
28respond to the address given above... 28respond to the address given above...
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Which is it, BFS or BEFS?
39================ 39================
40Be, Inc said, "BeOS Filesystem is officially called BFS, not BeFS". 40Be, Inc said, "BeOS Filesystem is officially called BFS, not BeFS".
41But Unixware Boot Filesystem is called bfs, too. And they are already in 41But Unixware Boot Filesystem is called bfs, too. And they are already in
42the kernel. Because of this nameing conflict, on Linux the BeOS 42the kernel. Because of this naming conflict, on Linux the BeOS
43filesystem is called befs. 43filesystem is called befs.
44 44
45HOW TO INSTALL 45HOW TO INSTALL
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ if the patching step fails (i.e. there are rejected hunks), you can try to
57figure it out yourself (it shouldn't be hard), or mail the maintainer 57figure it out yourself (it shouldn't be hard), or mail the maintainer
58(Will Dyson <will_dyson@pobox.com>) for help. 58(Will Dyson <will_dyson@pobox.com>) for help.
59 59
60step 2. Configuretion & make kernel 60step 2. Configuration & make kernel
61 61
62The linux kernel has many compile-time options. Most of them are beyond the 62The linux kernel has many compile-time options. Most of them are beyond the
63scope of this document. I suggest the Kernel-HOWTO document as a good general 63scope of this document. I suggest the Kernel-HOWTO document as a good general
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs.txt
index c4ff96b7c4e0..c3a7afb5eabf 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs.txt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
1 1
2configfs - Userspace-driven kernel object configuation. 2configfs - Userspace-driven kernel object configuration.
3 3
4Joel Becker <joel.becker@oracle.com> 4Joel Becker <joel.becker@oracle.com>
5 5
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ using the group _init() functions on the group.
254 254
255Finally, when userspace calls rmdir(2) on the item or group, 255Finally, when userspace calls rmdir(2) on the item or group,
256ct_group_ops->drop_item() is called. As a config_group is also a 256ct_group_ops->drop_item() is called. As a config_group is also a
257config_item, it is not necessary for a seperate drop_group() method. 257config_item, it is not necessary for a separate drop_group() method.
258The subsystem must config_item_put() the reference that was initialized 258The subsystem must config_item_put() the reference that was initialized
259upon item allocation. If a subsystem has no work to do, it may omit 259upon item allocation. If a subsystem has no work to do, it may omit
260the ct_group_ops->drop_item() method, and configfs will call 260the ct_group_ops->drop_item() method, and configfs will call
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ that condition is met.
406 406
407Far better would be an explicit action notifying the subsystem that the 407Far better would be an explicit action notifying the subsystem that the
408config_item is ready to go. More importantly, an explicit action allows 408config_item is ready to go. More importantly, an explicit action allows
409the subsystem to provide feedback as to whether the attibutes are 409the subsystem to provide feedback as to whether the attributes are
410initialized in a way that makes sense. configfs provides this as 410initialized in a way that makes sense. configfs provides this as
411committable items. 411committable items.
412 412
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ support mkdir(2) or rmdir(2) either. It only allows rename(2). The
422"pending" directory does allow mkdir(2) and rmdir(2). An item is 422"pending" directory does allow mkdir(2) and rmdir(2). An item is
423created in the "pending" directory. Its attributes can be modified at 423created in the "pending" directory. Its attributes can be modified at
424will. Userspace commits the item by renaming it into the "live" 424will. Userspace commits the item by renaming it into the "live"
425directory. At this point, the subsystem recieves the ->commit_item() 425directory. At this point, the subsystem receives the ->commit_item()
426callback. If all required attributes are filled to satisfaction, the 426callback. If all required attributes are filled to satisfaction, the
427method returns zero and the item is moved to the "live" directory. 427method returns zero and the item is moved to the "live" directory.
428 428
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/directory-locking b/Documentation/filesystems/directory-locking
index 34380d4fbce3..d7099a9266fb 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/directory-locking
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/directory-locking
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ own descendent. Moreover, there is exactly one cross-directory rename
82 82
83 Consider the object blocking the cross-directory rename. One 83 Consider the object blocking the cross-directory rename. One
84of its descendents is locked by cross-directory rename (otherwise we 84of its descendents is locked by cross-directory rename (otherwise we
85would again have an infinite set of of contended objects). But that 85would again have an infinite set of contended objects). But that
86means that cross-directory rename is taking locks out of order. Due 86means that cross-directory rename is taking locks out of order. Due
87to (2) the order hadn't changed since we had acquired filesystem lock. 87to (2) the order hadn't changed since we had acquired filesystem lock.
88But locking rules for cross-directory rename guarantee that we do not 88But locking rules for cross-directory rename guarantee that we do not
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/dlmfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/dlmfs.txt
index 9afab845a906..c50bbb2d52b4 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/dlmfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/dlmfs.txt
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ request for an already acquired lock will not generate another DLM
68call. Userspace programs are assumed to handle their own local 68call. Userspace programs are assumed to handle their own local
69locking. 69locking.
70 70
71Two levels of locks are supported - Shared Read, and Exlcusive. 71Two levels of locks are supported - Shared Read, and Exclusive.
72Also supported is a Trylock operation. 72Also supported is a Trylock operation.
73 73
74For information on the libo2dlm interface, please see o2dlm.h, 74For information on the libo2dlm interface, please see o2dlm.h,
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ext2.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ext2.txt
index 3dd2872416a1..4333e836c495 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/ext2.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ext2.txt
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ Reserved Space
205 205
206In ext2, there is a mechanism for reserving a certain number of blocks 206In ext2, there is a mechanism for reserving a certain number of blocks
207for a particular user (normally the super-user). This is intended to 207for a particular user (normally the super-user). This is intended to
208allow for the system to continue functioning even if non-priveleged users 208allow for the system to continue functioning even if non-privileged users
209fill up all the space available to them (this is independent of filesystem 209fill up all the space available to them (this is independent of filesystem
210quotas). It also keeps the filesystem from filling up entirely which 210quotas). It also keeps the filesystem from filling up entirely which
211helps combat fragmentation. 211helps combat fragmentation.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/files.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/files.txt
index 8c206f4e0250..133e213ebb72 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/files.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/files.txt
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ the fdtable structure -
552. Reading of the fdtable as described above must be protected 552. Reading of the fdtable as described above must be protected
56 by rcu_read_lock()/rcu_read_unlock(). 56 by rcu_read_lock()/rcu_read_unlock().
57 57
583. For any update to the the fd table, files->file_lock must 583. For any update to the fd table, files->file_lock must
59 be held. 59 be held.
60 60
614. To look up the file structure given an fd, a reader 614. To look up the file structure given an fd, a reader
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ntfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ntfs.txt
index 638cbd3d2b00..35f105b29e3e 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/ntfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ntfs.txt
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Table of contents
13- Using NTFS volume and stripe sets 13- Using NTFS volume and stripe sets
14 - The Device-Mapper driver 14 - The Device-Mapper driver
15 - The Software RAID / MD driver 15 - The Software RAID / MD driver
16 - Limitiations when using the MD driver 16 - Limitations when using the MD driver
17- ChangeLog 17- ChangeLog
18 18
19 19
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ There is plenty of additional information on the linux-ntfs web site
43at http://linux-ntfs.sourceforge.net/ 43at http://linux-ntfs.sourceforge.net/
44 44
45The web site has a lot of additional information, such as a comprehensive 45The web site has a lot of additional information, such as a comprehensive
46FAQ, documentation on the NTFS on-disk format, informaiton on the Linux-NTFS 46FAQ, documentation on the NTFS on-disk format, information on the Linux-NTFS
47userspace utilities, etc. 47userspace utilities, etc.
48 48
49 49
@@ -383,14 +383,14 @@ Software RAID / MD driver. For which you need to set up your /etc/raidtab
383appropriately (see man 5 raidtab). 383appropriately (see man 5 raidtab).
384 384
385Linear volume sets, i.e. linear raid, as well as stripe sets, i.e. raid level 385Linear volume sets, i.e. linear raid, as well as stripe sets, i.e. raid level
3860, have been tested and work fine (though see section "Limitiations when using 3860, have been tested and work fine (though see section "Limitations when using
387the MD driver with NTFS volumes" especially if you want to use linear raid). 387the MD driver with NTFS volumes" especially if you want to use linear raid).
388Even though untested, there is no reason why mirrors, i.e. raid level 1, and 388Even though untested, there is no reason why mirrors, i.e. raid level 1, and
389stripes with parity, i.e. raid level 5, should not work, too. 389stripes with parity, i.e. raid level 5, should not work, too.
390 390
391You have to use the "persistent-superblock 0" option for each raid-disk in the 391You have to use the "persistent-superblock 0" option for each raid-disk in the
392NTFS volume/stripe you are configuring in /etc/raidtab as the persistent 392NTFS volume/stripe you are configuring in /etc/raidtab as the persistent
393superblock used by the MD driver would damange the NTFS volume. 393superblock used by the MD driver would damage the NTFS volume.
394 394
395Windows by default uses a stripe chunk size of 64k, so you probably want the 395Windows by default uses a stripe chunk size of 64k, so you probably want the
396"chunk-size 64k" option for each raid-disk, too. 396"chunk-size 64k" option for each raid-disk, too.
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ setup correctly to avoid the possibility of causing damage to the data on the
435ntfs volume. 435ntfs volume.
436 436
437 437
438Limitiations when using the Software RAID / MD driver 438Limitations when using the Software RAID / MD driver
439----------------------------------------------------- 439-----------------------------------------------------
440 440
441Using the md driver will not work properly if any of your NTFS partitions have 441Using the md driver will not work properly if any of your NTFS partitions have
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
index 7240ee7515de..3355e6920105 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ VmallocChunk: 111088 kB
410 this memory, making it slower to access than lowmem. 410 this memory, making it slower to access than lowmem.
411 LowTotal: 411 LowTotal:
412 LowFree: Lowmem is memory which can be used for everything that 412 LowFree: Lowmem is memory which can be used for everything that
413 highmem can be used for, but it is also availble for the 413 highmem can be used for, but it is also available for the
414 kernel's use for its own data structures. Among many 414 kernel's use for its own data structures. Among many
415 other things, it is where everything from the Slab is 415 other things, it is where everything from the Slab is
416 allocated. Bad things happen when you're out of lowmem. 416 allocated. Bad things happen when you're out of lowmem.
@@ -1255,7 +1255,7 @@ to allocate (but not use) more memory than is actually available.
1255 address space are refused. Used for a typical system. It 1255 address space are refused. Used for a typical system. It
1256 ensures a seriously wild allocation fails while allowing 1256 ensures a seriously wild allocation fails while allowing
1257 overcommit to reduce swap usage. root is allowed to 1257 overcommit to reduce swap usage. root is allowed to
1258 allocate slighly more memory in this mode. This is the 1258 allocate slightly more memory in this mode. This is the
1259 default. 1259 default.
1260 1260
12611 - Always overcommit. Appropriate for some scientific 12611 - Always overcommit. Appropriate for some scientific
@@ -1588,7 +1588,7 @@ Enable the strict RFC793 interpretation of the TCP urgent pointer field. The
1588default is to use the BSD compatible interpretation of the urgent pointer 1588default is to use the BSD compatible interpretation of the urgent pointer
1589pointing to the first byte after the urgent data. The RFC793 interpretation is 1589pointing to the first byte after the urgent data. The RFC793 interpretation is
1590to have it point to the last byte of urgent data. Enabling this option may 1590to have it point to the last byte of urgent data. Enabling this option may
1591lead to interoperatibility problems. Disabled by default. 1591lead to interoperability problems. Disabled by default.
1592 1592
1593tcp_syncookies 1593tcp_syncookies
1594-------------- 1594--------------
@@ -1733,7 +1733,7 @@ error_burst and error_cost
1733 1733
1734These parameters are used to limit how many ICMP destination unreachable to 1734These parameters are used to limit how many ICMP destination unreachable to
1735send from the host in question. ICMP destination unreachable messages are 1735send from the host in question. ICMP destination unreachable messages are
1736sent when we can not reach the next hop, while trying to transmit a packet. 1736sent when we cannot reach the next hop while trying to transmit a packet.
1737It will also print some error messages to kernel logs if someone is ignoring 1737It will also print some error messages to kernel logs if someone is ignoring
1738our ICMP redirects. The higher the error_cost factor is, the fewer 1738our ICMP redirects. The higher the error_cost factor is, the fewer
1739destination unreachable and error messages will be let through. Error_burst 1739destination unreachable and error messages will be let through. Error_burst
@@ -1857,7 +1857,7 @@ proxy_qlen
1857 1857
1858Maximum queue length of the delayed proxy arp timer. (see proxy_delay). 1858Maximum queue length of the delayed proxy arp timer. (see proxy_delay).
1859 1859
1860app_solcit 1860app_solicit
1861---------- 1861----------
1862 1862
1863Determines the number of requests to send to the user level ARP daemon. Use 0 1863Determines the number of requests to send to the user level ARP daemon. Use 0
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/spufs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/spufs.txt
index 8edc3952eff4..982645a1981d 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/spufs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/spufs.txt
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ FILES
84 /ibox 84 /ibox
85 The second SPU to CPU communication mailbox. This file is similar to 85 The second SPU to CPU communication mailbox. This file is similar to
86 the first mailbox file, but can be read in blocking I/O mode, and the 86 the first mailbox file, but can be read in blocking I/O mode, and the
87 poll familiy of system calls can be used to wait for it. The possible 87 poll family of system calls can be used to wait for it. The possible
88 operations on an open ibox file are: 88 operations on an open ibox file are:
89 89
90 read(2) 90 read(2)
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ FILES
105 105
106 106
107 /wbox 107 /wbox
108 The CPU to SPU communation mailbox. It is write-only can can be written 108 The CPU to SPU communation mailbox. It is write-only and can be written
109 in units of 32 bits. If the mailbox is full, write() will block and 109 in units of 32 bits. If the mailbox is full, write() will block and
110 poll can be used to wait for it becoming empty again. The possible 110 poll can be used to wait for it becoming empty again. The possible
111 operations on an open wbox file are: write(2) If a count smaller than 111 operations on an open wbox file are: write(2) If a count smaller than
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ ERRORS
359 EFAULT npc is not a valid pointer or status is neither NULL nor a valid 359 EFAULT npc is not a valid pointer or status is neither NULL nor a valid
360 pointer. 360 pointer.
361 361
362 EINTR A signal occured while spu_run was in progress. The npc value 362 EINTR A signal occurred while spu_run was in progress. The npc value
363 has been updated to the new program counter value if necessary. 363 has been updated to the new program counter value if necessary.
364 364
365 EINVAL fd is not a file descriptor returned from spu_create(2). 365 EINVAL fd is not a file descriptor returned from spu_create(2).
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt
index 89b1d196ca80..4b5ca26e5048 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ Top Level Directory Layout
238The sysfs directory arrangement exposes the relationship of kernel 238The sysfs directory arrangement exposes the relationship of kernel
239data structures. 239data structures.
240 240
241The top level sysfs diretory looks like: 241The top level sysfs directory looks like:
242 242
243block/ 243block/
244bus/ 244bus/
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/tmpfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/tmpfs.txt
index 1773106976a2..6dd050878a20 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/tmpfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/tmpfs.txt
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ tmpfs has the following uses:
39 tmpfs /dev/shm tmpfs defaults 0 0 39 tmpfs /dev/shm tmpfs defaults 0 0
40 40
41 Remember to create the directory that you intend to mount tmpfs on 41 Remember to create the directory that you intend to mount tmpfs on
42 if necessary (/dev/shm is automagically created if you use devfs). 42 if necessary.
43 43
44 This mount is _not_ needed for SYSV shared memory. The internal 44 This mount is _not_ needed for SYSV shared memory. The internal
45 mount is used for that. (In the 2.3 kernel versions it was 45 mount is used for that. (In the 2.3 kernel versions it was
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ size: The limit of allocated bytes for this tmpfs instance. The
63nr_blocks: The same as size, but in blocks of PAGE_CACHE_SIZE. 63nr_blocks: The same as size, but in blocks of PAGE_CACHE_SIZE.
64nr_inodes: The maximum number of inodes for this instance. The default 64nr_inodes: The maximum number of inodes for this instance. The default
65 is half of the number of your physical RAM pages, or (on a 65 is half of the number of your physical RAM pages, or (on a
66 a machine with highmem) the number of lowmem RAM pages, 66 machine with highmem) the number of lowmem RAM pages,
67 whichever is the lower. 67 whichever is the lower.
68 68
69These parameters accept a suffix k, m or g for kilo, mega and giga and 69These parameters accept a suffix k, m or g for kilo, mega and giga and
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/vfat.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/vfat.txt
index 2001abbc60e6..069cb1094300 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/vfat.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/vfat.txt
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ iocharset=name -- Character set to use for converting between the
35 you should consider the following option instead. 35 you should consider the following option instead.
36 36
37utf8=<bool> -- UTF-8 is the filesystem safe version of Unicode that 37utf8=<bool> -- UTF-8 is the filesystem safe version of Unicode that
38 is used by the console. It can be be enabled for the 38 is used by the console. It can be enabled for the
39 filesystem with this option. If 'uni_xlate' gets set, 39 filesystem with this option. If 'uni_xlate' gets set,
40 UTF-8 gets disabled. 40 UTF-8 gets disabled.
41 41
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt
index cd07c21b8400..7737bfd03cf8 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ otherwise noted.
410 410
411 put_link: called by the VFS to release resources allocated by 411 put_link: called by the VFS to release resources allocated by
412 follow_link(). The cookie returned by follow_link() is passed 412 follow_link(). The cookie returned by follow_link() is passed
413 to to this method as the last parameter. It is used by 413 to this method as the last parameter. It is used by
414 filesystems such as NFS where page cache is not stable 414 filesystems such as NFS where page cache is not stable
415 (i.e. page that was installed when the symbolic link walk 415 (i.e. page that was installed when the symbolic link walk
416 started might not be in the page cache at the end of the 416 started might not be in the page cache at the end of the
diff --git a/Documentation/fujitsu/frv/mmu-layout.txt b/Documentation/fujitsu/frv/mmu-layout.txt
index 11dcc5679887..db10250df6be 100644
--- a/Documentation/fujitsu/frv/mmu-layout.txt
+++ b/Documentation/fujitsu/frv/mmu-layout.txt
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ related kernel services:
233 (*) __debug_mmu.iamr[] 233 (*) __debug_mmu.iamr[]
234 (*) __debug_mmu.damr[] 234 (*) __debug_mmu.damr[]
235 235
236 These receive the current IAMR and DAMR contents. These can be viewed with with the _amr 236 These receive the current IAMR and DAMR contents. These can be viewed with the _amr
237 GDB macro: 237 GDB macro:
238 238
239 (gdb) _amr 239 (gdb) _amr
diff --git a/Documentation/highuid.txt b/Documentation/highuid.txt
index 2c33926b9099..76034d9dbfc0 100644
--- a/Documentation/highuid.txt
+++ b/Documentation/highuid.txt
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ What's left to be done for 32-bit UIDs on all Linux architectures:
57 57
58 Other filesystems have not been checked yet. 58 Other filesystems have not been checked yet.
59 59
60- The ncpfs and smpfs filesystems can not presently use 32-bit UIDs in 60- The ncpfs and smpfs filesystems cannot presently use 32-bit UIDs in
61 all ioctl()s. Some new ioctl()s have been added with 32-bit UIDs, but 61 all ioctl()s. Some new ioctl()s have been added with 32-bit UIDs, but
62 more are needed. (as well as new user<->kernel data structures) 62 more are needed. (as well as new user<->kernel data structures)
63 63
diff --git a/Documentation/hrtimers.txt b/Documentation/hrtimers.txt
index 7620ff735faf..ce31f65e12e7 100644
--- a/Documentation/hrtimers.txt
+++ b/Documentation/hrtimers.txt
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ back and forth trying to integrate high-resolution and high-precision
10features into the existing timer framework, and after testing various 10features into the existing timer framework, and after testing various
11such high-resolution timer implementations in practice, we came to the 11such high-resolution timer implementations in practice, we came to the
12conclusion that the timer wheel code is fundamentally not suitable for 12conclusion that the timer wheel code is fundamentally not suitable for
13such an approach. We initially didnt believe this ('there must be a way 13such an approach. We initially didn't believe this ('there must be a way
14to solve this'), and spent a considerable effort trying to integrate 14to solve this'), and spent a considerable effort trying to integrate
15things into the timer wheel, but we failed. In hindsight, there are 15things into the timer wheel, but we failed. In hindsight, there are
16several reasons why such integration is hard/impossible: 16several reasons why such integration is hard/impossible:
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ several reasons why such integration is hard/impossible:
27 high-res timers. 27 high-res timers.
28 28
29- the unpredictable [O(N)] overhead of cascading leads to delays which 29- the unpredictable [O(N)] overhead of cascading leads to delays which
30 necessiate a more complex handling of high resolution timers, which 30 necessitate a more complex handling of high resolution timers, which
31 in turn decreases robustness. Such a design still led to rather large 31 in turn decreases robustness. Such a design still led to rather large
32 timing inaccuracies. Cascading is a fundamental property of the timer 32 timing inaccuracies. Cascading is a fundamental property of the timer
33 wheel concept, it cannot be 'designed out' without unevitably 33 wheel concept, it cannot be 'designed out' without unevitably
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ several reasons why such integration is hard/impossible:
58The primary users of precision timers are user-space applications that 58The primary users of precision timers are user-space applications that
59utilize nanosleep, posix-timers and itimer interfaces. Also, in-kernel 59utilize nanosleep, posix-timers and itimer interfaces. Also, in-kernel
60users like drivers and subsystems which require precise timed events 60users like drivers and subsystems which require precise timed events
61(e.g. multimedia) can benefit from the availability of a seperate 61(e.g. multimedia) can benefit from the availability of a separate
62high-resolution timer subsystem as well. 62high-resolution timer subsystem as well.
63 63
64While this subsystem does not offer high-resolution clock sources just 64While this subsystem does not offer high-resolution clock sources just
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ The increasing demand for realtime and multimedia applications along
68with other potential users for precise timers gives another reason to 68with other potential users for precise timers gives another reason to
69separate the "timeout" and "precise timer" subsystems. 69separate the "timeout" and "precise timer" subsystems.
70 70
71Another potential benefit is that such a seperation allows even more 71Another potential benefit is that such a separation allows even more
72special-purpose optimization of the existing timer wheel for the low 72special-purpose optimization of the existing timer wheel for the low
73resolution and low precision use cases - once the precision-sensitive 73resolution and low precision use cases - once the precision-sensitive
74APIs are separated from the timer wheel and are migrated over to 74APIs are separated from the timer wheel and are migrated over to
@@ -96,8 +96,8 @@ file systems. The rbtree is solely used for time sorted ordering, while
96a separate list is used to give the expiry code fast access to the 96a separate list is used to give the expiry code fast access to the
97queued timers, without having to walk the rbtree. 97queued timers, without having to walk the rbtree.
98 98
99(This seperate list is also useful for later when we'll introduce 99(This separate list is also useful for later when we'll introduce
100high-resolution clocks, where we need seperate pending and expired 100high-resolution clocks, where we need separate pending and expired
101queues while keeping the time-order intact.) 101queues while keeping the time-order intact.)
102 102
103Time-ordered enqueueing is not purely for the purposes of 103Time-ordered enqueueing is not purely for the purposes of
diff --git a/Documentation/ia64/efirtc.txt b/Documentation/ia64/efirtc.txt
index ede2c1e51cd7..057e6bebda8f 100644
--- a/Documentation/ia64/efirtc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/ia64/efirtc.txt
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ to initialize the system view of the time during boot.
26Because we wanted to minimize the impact on existing user-level apps using 26Because we wanted to minimize the impact on existing user-level apps using
27the CMOS clock, we decided to expose an API that was very similar to the one 27the CMOS clock, we decided to expose an API that was very similar to the one
28used today with the legacy RTC driver (driver/char/rtc.c). However, because 28used today with the legacy RTC driver (driver/char/rtc.c). However, because
29EFI provides a simpler services, not all all ioctl() are available. Also 29EFI provides a simpler services, not all ioctl() are available. Also
30new ioctl()s have been introduced for things that EFI provides but not the 30new ioctl()s have been introduced for things that EFI provides but not the
31legacy. 31legacy.
32 32
diff --git a/Documentation/ia64/fsys.txt b/Documentation/ia64/fsys.txt
index 28da181f9966..59dd689d9b86 100644
--- a/Documentation/ia64/fsys.txt
+++ b/Documentation/ia64/fsys.txt
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ complicated cases.
165* Signal handling 165* Signal handling
166 166
167The delivery of (asynchronous) signals must be delayed until fsys-mode 167The delivery of (asynchronous) signals must be delayed until fsys-mode
168is exited. This is acomplished with the help of the lower-privilege 168is exited. This is accomplished with the help of the lower-privilege
169transfer trap: arch/ia64/kernel/process.c:do_notify_resume_user() 169transfer trap: arch/ia64/kernel/process.c:do_notify_resume_user()
170checks whether the interrupted task was in fsys-mode and, if so, sets 170checks whether the interrupted task was in fsys-mode and, if so, sets
171PSR.lp and returns immediately. When fsys-mode is exited via the 171PSR.lp and returns immediately. When fsys-mode is exited via the
diff --git a/Documentation/ia64/mca.txt b/Documentation/ia64/mca.txt
index a71cc6a67ef7..f097c60cba1b 100644
--- a/Documentation/ia64/mca.txt
+++ b/Documentation/ia64/mca.txt
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ by locks is indeterminate, including linked lists.
12--- 12---
13 13
14The complicated ia64 MCA process. All of this is mandated by Intel's 14The complicated ia64 MCA process. All of this is mandated by Intel's
15specification for ia64 SAL, error recovery and and unwind, it is not as 15specification for ia64 SAL, error recovery and unwind, it is not as
16if we have a choice here. 16if we have a choice here.
17 17
18* MCA occurs on one cpu, usually due to a double bit memory error. 18* MCA occurs on one cpu, usually due to a double bit memory error.
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ if we have a choice here.
94 94
95INIT is less complicated than MCA. Pressing the nmi button or using 95INIT is less complicated than MCA. Pressing the nmi button or using
96the equivalent command on the management console sends INIT to all 96the equivalent command on the management console sends INIT to all
97cpus. SAL picks one one of the cpus as the monarch and the rest are 97cpus. SAL picks one of the cpus as the monarch and the rest are
98slaves. All the OS INIT handlers are entered at approximately the same 98slaves. All the OS INIT handlers are entered at approximately the same
99time. The OS monarch prints the state of all tasks and returns, after 99time. The OS monarch prints the state of all tasks and returns, after
100which the slaves return and the system resumes. 100which the slaves return and the system resumes.
diff --git a/Documentation/ibm-acpi.txt b/Documentation/ibm-acpi.txt
index 8b3fd82b2ce7..71aa40345272 100644
--- a/Documentation/ibm-acpi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/ibm-acpi.txt
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ his laptop (the location of sensors may vary on other models):
450 450
451No commands can be written to this file. 451No commands can be written to this file.
452 452
453EXPERIMENTAL: Embedded controller reigster dump -- /proc/acpi/ibm/ecdump 453EXPERIMENTAL: Embedded controller register dump -- /proc/acpi/ibm/ecdump
454------------------------------------------------------------------------ 454------------------------------------------------------------------------
455 455
456This feature is marked EXPERIMENTAL because the implementation 456This feature is marked EXPERIMENTAL because the implementation
diff --git a/Documentation/ide.txt b/Documentation/ide.txt
index 29866fbfb229..0bf38baa2db9 100644
--- a/Documentation/ide.txt
+++ b/Documentation/ide.txt
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ Summary of ide driver parameters for kernel command line
281 281
282 "idex=serialize" : do not overlap operations on idex. Please note 282 "idex=serialize" : do not overlap operations on idex. Please note
283 that you will have to specify this option for 283 that you will have to specify this option for
284 both the respecitve primary and secondary channel 284 both the respective primary and secondary channel
285 to take effect. 285 to take effect.
286 286
287 "idex=four" : four drives on idex and ide(x^1) share same ports 287 "idex=four" : four drives on idex and ide(x^1) share same ports
diff --git a/Documentation/input/amijoy.txt b/Documentation/input/amijoy.txt
index 3b8b2d43a68e..4f0e89df5c51 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/amijoy.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/amijoy.txt
@@ -79,10 +79,10 @@ JOY0DAT Y7 Y6 Y5 Y4 Y3 Y2 Y1 Y0 X7 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 X0
79JOY1DAT Y7 Y6 Y5 Y4 Y3 Y2 Y1 Y0 X7 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 X0 79JOY1DAT Y7 Y6 Y5 Y4 Y3 Y2 Y1 Y0 X7 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 X0
80 80
81 0=LEFT CONTROLLER PAIR, 1=RIGHT CONTROLLER PAIR. 81 0=LEFT CONTROLLER PAIR, 1=RIGHT CONTROLLER PAIR.
82 (4 counters total).The bit usage for both left and right 82 (4 counters total). The bit usage for both left and right
83 addresses is shown below. Each 6 bit counter (Y7-Y2,X7-X2) is 83 addresses is shown below. Each 6 bit counter (Y7-Y2,X7-X2) is
84 clocked by 2 of the signals input from the mouse serial 84 clocked by 2 of the signals input from the mouse serial
85 stream. Starting with first bit recived: 85 stream. Starting with first bit received:
86 86
87 +-------------------+-----------------------------------------+ 87 +-------------------+-----------------------------------------+
88 | Serial | Bit Name | Description | 88 | Serial | Bit Name | Description |
diff --git a/Documentation/input/atarikbd.txt b/Documentation/input/atarikbd.txt
index 8fb896c74114..1e7e5853ba4c 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/atarikbd.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/atarikbd.txt
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ provides a convenient connection point for a mouse and switch-type joysticks.
10The ikbd processor also maintains a time-of-day clock with one second 10The ikbd processor also maintains a time-of-day clock with one second
11resolution. 11resolution.
12The ikbd has been designed to be general enough that it can be used with a 12The ikbd has been designed to be general enough that it can be used with a
13ariety of new computer products. Product variations in a number of 13variety of new computer products. Product variations in a number of
14keyswitches, mouse resolution, etc. can be accommodated. 14keyswitches, mouse resolution, etc. can be accommodated.
15The ikbd communicates with the main processor over a high speed bi-directional 15The ikbd communicates with the main processor over a high speed bi-directional
16serial interface. It can function in a variety of modes to facilitate 16serial interface. It can function in a variety of modes to facilitate
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ is obtained by ORing 0x80 with the make code.
30The special codes 0xF6 through 0xFF are reserved for use as follows: 30The special codes 0xF6 through 0xFF are reserved for use as follows:
31 0xF6 status report 31 0xF6 status report
32 0xF7 absolute mouse position record 32 0xF7 absolute mouse position record
33 0xF8-0xFB relative mouse position records(lsbs determind by 33 0xF8-0xFB relative mouse position records (lsbs determined by
34 mouse button states) 34 mouse button states)
35 0xFC time-of-day 35 0xFC time-of-day
36 0xFD joystick report (both sticks) 36 0xFD joystick report (both sticks)
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ selected.
844.2 Absolute Position reporting 844.2 Absolute Position reporting
85 85
86The ikbd can also maintain absolute mouse position. Commands exist for 86The ikbd can also maintain absolute mouse position. Commands exist for
87reseting the mouse position, setting X/Y scaling, and interrogating the 87resetting the mouse position, setting X/Y scaling, and interrogating the
88current mouse position. 88current mouse position.
89 89
904.3 Mouse Cursor Key Mode 904.3 Mouse Cursor Key Mode
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ INTERROGATION MODE.
4069.18 SET JOYSTICK MONITORING 4069.18 SET JOYSTICK MONITORING
407 407
408 0x17 408 0x17
409 rate ; time between samples in hundreths of a second 409 rate ; time between samples in hundredths of a second
410 Returns: (in packets of two as long as in mode) 410 Returns: (in packets of two as long as in mode)
411 %000000xy ; where y is JOYSTICK1 Fire button 411 %000000xy ; where y is JOYSTICK1 Fire button
412 ; and x is JOYSTICK0 Fire button 412 ; and x is JOYSTICK0 Fire button
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ controller memory. The time between data bytes must be less than 20ms.
522 0x20 ; memory access 522 0x20 ; memory access
523 { data } ; 6 data bytes starting at ADR 523 { data } ; 6 data bytes starting at ADR
524 524
525This comand permits the host to read from the ikbd controller memory. 525This command permits the host to read from the ikbd controller memory.
526 526
5279.26 CONTROLLER EXECUTE 5279.26 CONTROLLER EXECUTE
528 528
diff --git a/Documentation/input/cs461x.txt b/Documentation/input/cs461x.txt
index 6181747a14d8..afe0d6543e09 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/cs461x.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/cs461x.txt
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ This driver have the basic support for PCI devices only; there is no
27ISA or PnP ISA cards supported. AFAIK the ns558 have support for Crystal 27ISA or PnP ISA cards supported. AFAIK the ns558 have support for Crystal
28ISA and PnP ISA series. 28ISA and PnP ISA series.
29 29
30The driver works witn ALSA drivers simultaneously. For exmple, the xracer 30The driver works with ALSA drivers simultaneously. For example, the xracer
31uses joystick as input device and PCM device as sound output in one time. 31uses joystick as input device and PCM device as sound output in one time.
32There are no sound or input collisions detected. The source code have 32There are no sound or input collisions detected. The source code have
33comments about them; but I've found the joystick can be initialized 33comments about them; but I've found the joystick can be initialized
diff --git a/Documentation/input/ff.txt b/Documentation/input/ff.txt
index c53b1c11aa40..085eb15b45b7 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/ff.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/ff.txt
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ joystick.txt for details.
38There is an utility called fftest that will allow you to test the driver. 38There is an utility called fftest that will allow you to test the driver.
39% fftest /dev/input/eventXX 39% fftest /dev/input/eventXX
40 40
413. Instructions to the developper 413. Instructions to the developer
42~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 42~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
43All interactions are done using the event API. That is, you can use ioctl() 43All interactions are done using the event API. That is, you can use ioctl()
44and write() on /dev/input/eventXX. 44and write() on /dev/input/eventXX.
diff --git a/Documentation/input/gameport-programming.txt b/Documentation/input/gameport-programming.txt
index 1ba3d322e0ac..14e0a8b70225 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/gameport-programming.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/gameport-programming.txt
@@ -18,8 +18,8 @@ Make sure struct gameport is initialized to 0 in all other fields. The
18gameport generic code will take care of the rest. 18gameport generic code will take care of the rest.
19 19
20If your hardware supports more than one io address, and your driver can 20If your hardware supports more than one io address, and your driver can
21choose which one program the hardware to, starting from the more exotic 21choose which one to program the hardware to, starting from the more exotic
22addresses is preferred, because the likelyhood of clashing with the standard 22addresses is preferred, because the likelihood of clashing with the standard
230x201 address is smaller. 230x201 address is smaller.
24 24
25Eg. if your driver supports addresses 0x200, 0x208, 0x210 and 0x218, then 25Eg. if your driver supports addresses 0x200, 0x208, 0x210 and 0x218, then
diff --git a/Documentation/input/input.txt b/Documentation/input/input.txt
index 47137e75fdb8..ff8cea0225f9 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/input.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/input.txt
@@ -68,8 +68,8 @@ will be available as a character device on major 13, minor 63:
68 68
69 crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 63 Mar 28 22:45 mice 69 crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 63 Mar 28 22:45 mice
70 70
71 This device has to be created, unless you use devfs, in which case it's 71 This device has to be created.
72created automatically. The commands to do create it by hand are: 72 The commands to create it by hand are:
73 73
74 cd /dev 74 cd /dev
75 mkdir input 75 mkdir input
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ about it.
154 154
1553.2 Event handlers 1553.2 Event handlers
156~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 156~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
157 Event handlers distrubite the events from the devices to userland and 157 Event handlers distribute the events from the devices to userland and
158kernel, as needed. 158kernel, as needed.
159 159
1603.2.1 keybdev 1603.2.1 keybdev
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ generated in the kernel straight to the program, with timestamps. The
230API is still evolving, but should be useable now. It's described in 230API is still evolving, but should be useable now. It's described in
231section 5. 231section 5.
232 232
233 This should be the way for GPM and X to get keyboard and mouse mouse 233 This should be the way for GPM and X to get keyboard and mouse
234events. It allows for multihead in X without any specific multihead 234events. It allows for multihead in X without any specific multihead
235kernel support. The event codes are the same on all architectures and 235kernel support. The event codes are the same on all architectures and
236are hardware independent. 236are hardware independent.
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ struct input_event {
279}; 279};
280 280
281 'time' is the timestamp, it returns the time at which the event happened. 281 'time' is the timestamp, it returns the time at which the event happened.
282Type is for example EV_REL for relative momement, REL_KEY for a keypress or 282Type is for example EV_REL for relative moment, REL_KEY for a keypress or
283release. More types are defined in include/linux/input.h. 283release. More types are defined in include/linux/input.h.
284 284
285 'code' is event code, for example REL_X or KEY_BACKSPACE, again a complete 285 'code' is event code, for example REL_X or KEY_BACKSPACE, again a complete
@@ -289,24 +289,3 @@ list is in include/linux/input.h.
289EV_REL, absolute new value for EV_ABS (joysticks ...), or 0 for EV_KEY for 289EV_REL, absolute new value for EV_ABS (joysticks ...), or 0 for EV_KEY for
290release, 1 for keypress and 2 for autorepeat. 290release, 1 for keypress and 2 for autorepeat.
291 291
2926. Contacts
293~~~~~~~~~~~
294 This effort has its home page at:
295
296 http://www.suse.cz/development/input/
297
298You'll find both the latest HID driver and the complete Input driver
299there as well as information how to access the CVS repository for
300latest revisions of the drivers.
301
302 There is also a mailing list for this:
303
304 majordomo@atrey.karlin.mff.cuni.cz
305
306Send "subscribe linux-input" to subscribe to it.
307
308The input changes are also being worked on as part of the LinuxConsole
309project, see:
310
311 http://sourceforge.net/projects/linuxconsole/
312
diff --git a/Documentation/input/joystick-parport.txt b/Documentation/input/joystick-parport.txt
index d537c48cc6d0..ede5f33daad3 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/joystick-parport.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/joystick-parport.txt
@@ -456,8 +456,8 @@ uses the following kernel/module command line:
456 8 | Sony PSX DDR controller 456 8 | Sony PSX DDR controller
457 9 | SNES mouse 457 9 | SNES mouse
458 458
459 The exact type of the PSX controller type is autoprobed when used so 459 The exact type of the PSX controller type is autoprobed when used, so
460hot swapping should work (but is not recomended). 460hot swapping should work (but is not recommended).
461 461
462 Should you want to use more than one of parallel ports at once, you can use 462 Should you want to use more than one of parallel ports at once, you can use
463gamecon.map2 and gamecon.map3 as additional command line parameters for two 463gamecon.map2 and gamecon.map3 as additional command line parameters for two
@@ -465,8 +465,8 @@ more parallel ports.
465 465
466 There are two options specific to PSX driver portion. gamecon.psx_delay sets 466 There are two options specific to PSX driver portion. gamecon.psx_delay sets
467the command delay when talking to the controllers. The default of 25 should 467the command delay when talking to the controllers. The default of 25 should
468work but you can try lowering it for better performace. If your pads don't 468work but you can try lowering it for better performance. If your pads don't
469respond try raising it untill they work. Setting the type to 8 allows the 469respond try raising it until they work. Setting the type to 8 allows the
470driver to be used with Dance Dance Revolution or similar games. Arrow keys are 470driver to be used with Dance Dance Revolution or similar games. Arrow keys are
471registered as key presses instead of X and Y axes. 471registered as key presses instead of X and Y axes.
472 472
diff --git a/Documentation/input/joystick.txt b/Documentation/input/joystick.txt
index 841c353297e6..389de9bd9878 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/joystick.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/joystick.txt
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ and install it before going on.
60 60
612.2 Device nodes 612.2 Device nodes
62~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 62~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
63For applications to be able to use the joysticks, in you don't use devfs, 63For applications to be able to use the joysticks,
64you'll have to manually create these nodes in /dev: 64you'll have to manually create these nodes in /dev:
65 65
66cd /dev 66cd /dev
diff --git a/Documentation/input/yealink.txt b/Documentation/input/yealink.txt
index 0962c5c948be..0a8c97e87d47 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/yealink.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/yealink.txt
@@ -87,13 +87,13 @@ Line 3 Format : 888888888888
87 87
88 88
89Format description: 89Format description:
90 From a user space perspective the world is seperated in "digits" and "icons". 90 From a userspace perspective the world is separated into "digits" and "icons".
91 A digit can have a character set, an icon can only be ON or OFF. 91 A digit can have a character set, an icon can only be ON or OFF.
92 92
93 Format specifier 93 Format specifier
94 '8' : Generic 7 segment digit with individual addressable segments 94 '8' : Generic 7 segment digit with individual addressable segments
95 95
96 Reduced capabillity 7 segm digit, when segments are hard wired together. 96 Reduced capability 7 segm digit, when segments are hard wired together.
97 '1' : 2 segments digit only able to produce a 1. 97 '1' : 2 segments digit only able to produce a 1.
98 'e' : Most significant day of the month digit, 98 'e' : Most significant day of the month digit,
99 able to produce at least 1 2 3. 99 able to produce at least 1 2 3.
diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl/hdio.txt b/Documentation/ioctl/hdio.txt
index 11c9be49f37c..c19efdeace2c 100644
--- a/Documentation/ioctl/hdio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/ioctl/hdio.txt
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ HDIO_SET_MULTCOUNT change IDE blockmode
203 203
204 Source code comments read: 204 Source code comments read:
205 205
206 This is tightly woven into the driver->do_special can not 206 This is tightly woven into the driver->do_special cannot
207 touch. DON'T do it again until a total personality rewrite 207 touch. DON'T do it again until a total personality rewrite
208 is committed. 208 is committed.
209 209
diff --git a/Documentation/isdn/INTERFACE.fax b/Documentation/isdn/INTERFACE.fax
index 7e5731319e30..9c8c6d914ec7 100644
--- a/Documentation/isdn/INTERFACE.fax
+++ b/Documentation/isdn/INTERFACE.fax
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ Structure T30_s description:
26 If the HL-driver receives ISDN_CMD_FAXCMD, all needed information 26 If the HL-driver receives ISDN_CMD_FAXCMD, all needed information
27 is in this struct set by the LL. 27 is in this struct set by the LL.
28 To signal information to the LL, the HL-driver has to set the 28 To signal information to the LL, the HL-driver has to set the
29 the parameters and use ISDN_STAT_FAXIND. 29 parameters and use ISDN_STAT_FAXIND.
30 (Please refer to INTERFACE) 30 (Please refer to INTERFACE)
31 31
32Structure T30_s: 32Structure T30_s:
diff --git a/Documentation/isdn/README.hysdn b/Documentation/isdn/README.hysdn
index 56cc59df1fb7..eeca11f00ccd 100644
--- a/Documentation/isdn/README.hysdn
+++ b/Documentation/isdn/README.hysdn
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
1$Id: README.hysdn,v 1.3.6.1 2001/02/10 14:41:19 kai Exp $ 1$Id: README.hysdn,v 1.3.6.1 2001/02/10 14:41:19 kai Exp $
2The hysdn driver has been written by 2The hysdn driver has been written by
3by Werner Cornelius (werner@isdn4linux.de or werner@titro.de) 3Werner Cornelius (werner@isdn4linux.de or werner@titro.de)
4for Hypercope GmbH Aachen Germany. Hypercope agreed to publish this driver 4for Hypercope GmbH Aachen Germany. Hypercope agreed to publish this driver
5under the GNU General Public License. 5under the GNU General Public License.
6 6
diff --git a/Documentation/java.txt b/Documentation/java.txt
index e4814c213301..c768dc63b34e 100644
--- a/Documentation/java.txt
+++ b/Documentation/java.txt
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ other program after you have done the following:
22 the kernel (CONFIG_BINFMT_MISC) and set it up properly. 22 the kernel (CONFIG_BINFMT_MISC) and set it up properly.
23 If you choose to compile it as a module, you will have 23 If you choose to compile it as a module, you will have
24 to insert it manually with modprobe/insmod, as kmod 24 to insert it manually with modprobe/insmod, as kmod
25 can not easily be supported with binfmt_misc. 25 cannot easily be supported with binfmt_misc.
26 Read the file 'binfmt_misc.txt' in this directory to know 26 Read the file 'binfmt_misc.txt' in this directory to know
27 more about the configuration process. 27 more about the configuration process.
28 28
diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt
index 003fccc14d24..7f34778dd23b 100644
--- a/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ applicable everywhere (see syntax).
110 the indentation level, this means it ends at the first line which has 110 the indentation level, this means it ends at the first line which has
111 a smaller indentation than the first line of the help text. 111 a smaller indentation than the first line of the help text.
112 "---help---" and "help" do not differ in behaviour, "---help---" is 112 "---help---" and "help" do not differ in behaviour, "---help---" is
113 used to help visually seperate configuration logic from help within 113 used to help visually separate configuration logic from help within
114 the file as an aid to developers. 114 the file as an aid to developers.
115 115
116 116
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ menuconfig:
226 "menuconfig" <symbol> 226 "menuconfig" <symbol>
227 <config options> 227 <config options>
228 228
229This is similiar to the simple config entry above, but it also gives a 229This is similar to the simple config entry above, but it also gives a
230hint to front ends, that all suboptions should be displayed as a 230hint to front ends, that all suboptions should be displayed as a
231separate list of options. 231separate list of options.
232 232
diff --git a/Documentation/kdump/kdump.txt b/Documentation/kdump/kdump.txt
index 08bafa8c1caa..99f2d4d4bf7d 100644
--- a/Documentation/kdump/kdump.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kdump/kdump.txt
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ If die() is called, and it happens to be a thread with pid 0 or 1, or die()
249is called inside interrupt context or die() is called and panic_on_oops is set, 249is called inside interrupt context or die() is called and panic_on_oops is set,
250the system will boot into the dump-capture kernel. 250the system will boot into the dump-capture kernel.
251 251
252On powererpc systems when a soft-reset is generated, die() is called by all cpus and the system system will boot into the dump-capture kernel. 252On powererpc systems when a soft-reset is generated, die() is called by all cpus and the system will boot into the dump-capture kernel.
253 253
254For testing purposes, you can trigger a crash by using "ALT-SysRq-c", 254For testing purposes, you can trigger a crash by using "ALT-SysRq-c",
255"echo c > /proc/sysrq-trigger or write a module to force the panic. 255"echo c > /proc/sysrq-trigger or write a module to force the panic.
diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-docs.txt b/Documentation/kernel-docs.txt
index 99d24f2943ee..b53bccbd9727 100644
--- a/Documentation/kernel-docs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kernel-docs.txt
@@ -290,17 +290,6 @@
290 Description: Very nice 92 pages GPL book on the topic of modules 290 Description: Very nice 92 pages GPL book on the topic of modules
291 programming. Lots of examples. 291 programming. Lots of examples.
292 292
293 * Title: "Device File System (devfs) Overview"
294 Author: Richard Gooch.
295 URL: http://www.atnf.csiro.au/people/rgooch/linux/docs/devfs.html
296 Keywords: filesystem, /dev, devfs, dynamic devices, major/minor
297 allocation, device management.
298 Description: Document describing Richard Gooch's controversial
299 devfs, which allows for dynamic devices, only shows present
300 devices in /dev, gets rid of major/minor numbers allocation
301 problems, and allows for hundreds of identical devices (which some
302 USB systems might demand soon).
303
304 * Title: "I/O Event Handling Under Linux" 293 * Title: "I/O Event Handling Under Linux"
305 Author: Richard Gooch. 294 Author: Richard Gooch.
306 URL: http://www.atnf.csiro.au/~rgooch/linux/docs/io-events.html 295 URL: http://www.atnf.csiro.au/~rgooch/linux/docs/io-events.html
diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
index 137e993f4329..12b3b24bfd2f 100644
--- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
@@ -355,9 +355,9 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
355 355
356 clock= [BUGS=IA-32, HW] gettimeofday clocksource override. 356 clock= [BUGS=IA-32, HW] gettimeofday clocksource override.
357 [Deprecated] 357 [Deprecated]
358 Forces specified clocksource (if avaliable) to be used 358 Forces specified clocksource (if available) to be used
359 when calculating gettimeofday(). If specified 359 when calculating gettimeofday(). If specified
360 clocksource is not avalible, it defaults to PIT. 360 clocksource is not available, it defaults to PIT.
361 Format: { pit | tsc | cyclone | pmtmr } 361 Format: { pit | tsc | cyclone | pmtmr }
362 362
363 disable_8254_timer 363 disable_8254_timer
@@ -611,8 +611,8 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
611 noirqbalance [IA-32,SMP,KNL] Disable kernel irq balancing 611 noirqbalance [IA-32,SMP,KNL] Disable kernel irq balancing
612 612
613 i8042.direct [HW] Put keyboard port into non-translated mode 613 i8042.direct [HW] Put keyboard port into non-translated mode
614 i8042.dumbkbd [HW] Pretend that controlled can only read data from 614 i8042.dumbkbd [HW] Pretend that controller can only read data from
615 keyboard and can not control its state 615 keyboard and cannot control its state
616 (Don't attempt to blink the leds) 616 (Don't attempt to blink the leds)
617 i8042.noaux [HW] Don't check for auxiliary (== mouse) port 617 i8042.noaux [HW] Don't check for auxiliary (== mouse) port
618 i8042.nokbd [HW] Don't check/create keyboard port 618 i8042.nokbd [HW] Don't check/create keyboard port
@@ -1368,7 +1368,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
1368 1368
1369 reboot= [BUGS=IA-32,BUGS=ARM,BUGS=IA-64] Rebooting mode 1369 reboot= [BUGS=IA-32,BUGS=ARM,BUGS=IA-64] Rebooting mode
1370 Format: <reboot_mode>[,<reboot_mode2>[,...]] 1370 Format: <reboot_mode>[,<reboot_mode2>[,...]]
1371 See arch/*/kernel/reboot.c. 1371 See arch/*/kernel/reboot.c or arch/*/kernel/process.c
1372 1372
1373 reserve= [KNL,BUGS] Force the kernel to ignore some iomem area 1373 reserve= [KNL,BUGS] Force the kernel to ignore some iomem area
1374 1374
diff --git a/Documentation/keys.txt b/Documentation/keys.txt
index e373f0212843..3da586bc7859 100644
--- a/Documentation/keys.txt
+++ b/Documentation/keys.txt
@@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ The keyctl syscall functions are:
671 671
672 Note that this setting is inherited across fork/exec. 672 Note that this setting is inherited across fork/exec.
673 673
674 [1] The default default is: the thread keyring if there is one, otherwise 674 [1] The default is: the thread keyring if there is one, otherwise
675 the process keyring if there is one, otherwise the session keyring if 675 the process keyring if there is one, otherwise the session keyring if
676 there is one, otherwise the user default session keyring. 676 there is one, otherwise the user default session keyring.
677 677
@@ -708,14 +708,14 @@ The keyctl syscall functions are:
708 708
709 If the specified key is 0, then any assumed authority will be divested. 709 If the specified key is 0, then any assumed authority will be divested.
710 710
711 The assumed authorititive key is inherited across fork and exec. 711 The assumed authoritative key is inherited across fork and exec.
712 712
713 713
714=============== 714===============
715KERNEL SERVICES 715KERNEL SERVICES
716=============== 716===============
717 717
718The kernel services for key managment are fairly simple to deal with. They can 718The kernel services for key management are fairly simple to deal with. They can
719be broken down into two areas: keys and key types. 719be broken down into two areas: keys and key types.
720 720
721Dealing with keys is fairly straightforward. Firstly, the kernel service 721Dealing with keys is fairly straightforward. Firstly, the kernel service
diff --git a/Documentation/kobject.txt b/Documentation/kobject.txt
index 949f7b5a2053..e44855513b3d 100644
--- a/Documentation/kobject.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kobject.txt
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ more complex object types. It provides a set of basic fields that
51almost all complex data types share. kobjects are intended to be 51almost all complex data types share. kobjects are intended to be
52embedded in larger data structures and replace fields they duplicate. 52embedded in larger data structures and replace fields they duplicate.
53 53
541.2 Defintion 541.2 Definition
55 55
56struct kobject { 56struct kobject {
57 char name[KOBJ_NAME_LEN]; 57 char name[KOBJ_NAME_LEN];
diff --git a/Documentation/laptop-mode.txt b/Documentation/laptop-mode.txt
index 5696e879449b..c487186eb2b9 100644
--- a/Documentation/laptop-mode.txt
+++ b/Documentation/laptop-mode.txt
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ loaded on demand while the application executes) and sequentially accessed data
152DO_REMOUNTS: 152DO_REMOUNTS:
153 153
154The control script automatically remounts any mounted journaled filesystems 154The control script automatically remounts any mounted journaled filesystems
155with approriate commit interval options. When this option is set to 0, this 155with appropriate commit interval options. When this option is set to 0, this
156feature is disabled. 156feature is disabled.
157 157
158DO_REMOUNT_NOATIME: 158DO_REMOUNT_NOATIME:
diff --git a/Documentation/lockdep-design.txt b/Documentation/lockdep-design.txt
index 55a7e4fa8cc2..dab123db5a4f 100644
--- a/Documentation/lockdep-design.txt
+++ b/Documentation/lockdep-design.txt
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ cases there is an inherent "natural" ordering between the two objects
133(defined by the properties of the hierarchy), and the kernel grabs the 133(defined by the properties of the hierarchy), and the kernel grabs the
134locks in this fixed order on each of the objects. 134locks in this fixed order on each of the objects.
135 135
136An example of such an object hieararchy that results in "nested locking" 136An example of such an object hierarchy that results in "nested locking"
137is that of a "whole disk" block-dev object and a "partition" block-dev 137is that of a "whole disk" block-dev object and a "partition" block-dev
138object; the partition is "part of" the whole device and as long as one 138object; the partition is "part of" the whole device and as long as one
139always takes the whole disk lock as a higher lock than the partition 139always takes the whole disk lock as a higher lock than the partition
@@ -158,11 +158,11 @@ enum bdev_bd_mutex_lock_class
158In this case the locking is done on a bdev object that is known to be a 158In this case the locking is done on a bdev object that is known to be a
159partition. 159partition.
160 160
161The validator treats a lock that is taken in such a nested fasion as a 161The validator treats a lock that is taken in such a nested fashion as a
162separate (sub)class for the purposes of validation. 162separate (sub)class for the purposes of validation.
163 163
164Note: When changing code to use the _nested() primitives, be careful and 164Note: When changing code to use the _nested() primitives, be careful and
165check really thoroughly that the hiearchy is correctly mapped; otherwise 165check really thoroughly that the hierarchy is correctly mapped; otherwise
166you can get false positives or false negatives. 166you can get false positives or false negatives.
167 167
168Proof of 100% correctness: 168Proof of 100% correctness:
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ Proof of 100% correctness:
170 170
171The validator achieves perfect, mathematical 'closure' (proof of locking 171The validator achieves perfect, mathematical 'closure' (proof of locking
172correctness) in the sense that for every simple, standalone single-task 172correctness) in the sense that for every simple, standalone single-task
173locking sequence that occured at least once during the lifetime of the 173locking sequence that occurred at least once during the lifetime of the
174kernel, the validator proves it with a 100% certainty that no 174kernel, the validator proves it with a 100% certainty that no
175combination and timing of these locking sequences can cause any class of 175combination and timing of these locking sequences can cause any class of
176lock related deadlock. [*] 176lock related deadlock. [*]
diff --git a/Documentation/m68k/kernel-options.txt b/Documentation/m68k/kernel-options.txt
index d5d3f064f552..1c41db21d3c1 100644
--- a/Documentation/m68k/kernel-options.txt
+++ b/Documentation/m68k/kernel-options.txt
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ switch to another mode once Linux has started.
415 415
416 The first 3 parameters of this sub-option should be obvious: <xres>, 416 The first 3 parameters of this sub-option should be obvious: <xres>,
417<yres> and <depth> give the dimensions of the screen and the number of 417<yres> and <depth> give the dimensions of the screen and the number of
418planes (depth). The depth is is the logarithm to base 2 of the number 418planes (depth). The depth is the logarithm to base 2 of the number
419of colors possible. (Or, the other way round: The number of colors is 419of colors possible. (Or, the other way round: The number of colors is
4202^depth). 4202^depth).
421 421
diff --git a/Documentation/mca.txt b/Documentation/mca.txt
index 60913354cb7d..aabce4ad90f9 100644
--- a/Documentation/mca.txt
+++ b/Documentation/mca.txt
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Currently, there are a number of MCA-specific device drivers.
177 with clones that have a different adapter id than the original 177 with clones that have a different adapter id than the original
178 NE/2. 178 NE/2.
179 179
1806) Future Domain MCS-600/700, OEM'd IBM Fast SCSI Aapter/A and 1806) Future Domain MCS-600/700, OEM'd IBM Fast SCSI Adapter/A and
181 Reply Sound Blaster/SCSI (SCSI part) 181 Reply Sound Blaster/SCSI (SCSI part)
182 Better support for these cards than the driver for ISA. 182 Better support for these cards than the driver for ISA.
183 Supports multiple cards with IRQ sharing. 183 Supports multiple cards with IRQ sharing.
diff --git a/Documentation/md.txt b/Documentation/md.txt
index 9ae9e4078985..2202f5dc8ac2 100644
--- a/Documentation/md.txt
+++ b/Documentation/md.txt
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ be reconstructed (due to no parity).
62 62
63For this reason, md will normally refuse to start such an array. This 63For this reason, md will normally refuse to start such an array. This
64requires the sysadmin to take action to explicitly start the array 64requires the sysadmin to take action to explicitly start the array
65desipite possible corruption. This is normally done with 65despite possible corruption. This is normally done with
66 mdadm --assemble --force .... 66 mdadm --assemble --force ....
67 67
68This option is not really available if the array has the root 68This option is not really available if the array has the root
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ All md devices contain:
175 raid levels that involve striping (1,4,5,6,10). The address space 175 raid levels that involve striping (1,4,5,6,10). The address space
176 of the array is conceptually divided into chunks and consecutive 176 of the array is conceptually divided into chunks and consecutive
177 chunks are striped onto neighbouring devices. 177 chunks are striped onto neighbouring devices.
178 The size should be atleast PAGE_SIZE (4k) and should be a power 178 The size should be at least PAGE_SIZE (4k) and should be a power
179 of 2. This can only be set while assembling an array 179 of 2. This can only be set while assembling an array
180 180
181 component_size 181 component_size
@@ -214,8 +214,8 @@ All md devices contain:
214 safe_mode_delay 214 safe_mode_delay
215 When an md array has seen no write requests for a certain period 215 When an md array has seen no write requests for a certain period
216 of time, it will be marked as 'clean'. When another write 216 of time, it will be marked as 'clean'. When another write
217 request arrive, the array is marked as 'dirty' before the write 217 request arrives, the array is marked as 'dirty' before the write
218 commenses. This is known as 'safe_mode'. 218 commences. This is known as 'safe_mode'.
219 The 'certain period' is controlled by this file which stores the 219 The 'certain period' is controlled by this file which stores the
220 period as a number of seconds. The default is 200msec (0.200). 220 period as a number of seconds. The default is 200msec (0.200).
221 Writing a value of 0 disables safemode. 221 Writing a value of 0 disables safemode.
@@ -307,8 +307,8 @@ Each directory contains:
307 This applies only to raid1 arrays. 307 This applies only to raid1 arrays.
308 spare - device is working, but not a full member. 308 spare - device is working, but not a full member.
309 This includes spares that are in the process 309 This includes spares that are in the process
310 of being recoverred to 310 of being recovered to
311 This list make grow in future. 311 This list may grow in future.
312 This can be written to. 312 This can be written to.
313 Writing "faulty" simulates a failure on the device. 313 Writing "faulty" simulates a failure on the device.
314 Writing "remove" removes the device from the array. 314 Writing "remove" removes the device from the array.
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ Each directory contains:
330 This gives the role that the device has in the array. It will 330 This gives the role that the device has in the array. It will
331 either be 'none' if the device is not active in the array 331 either be 'none' if the device is not active in the array
332 (i.e. is a spare or has failed) or an integer less than the 332 (i.e. is a spare or has failed) or an integer less than the
333 'raid_disks' number for the array indicating which possition 333 'raid_disks' number for the array indicating which position
334 it currently fills. This can only be set while assembling an 334 it currently fills. This can only be set while assembling an
335 array. A device for which this is set is assumed to be working. 335 array. A device for which this is set is assumed to be working.
336 336
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ in the array. These are named
353 353
354 rdNN 354 rdNN
355 355
356where 'NN' is the possition in the array, starting from 0. 356where 'NN' is the position in the array, starting from 0.
357So for a 3 drive array there will be rd0, rd1, rd2. 357So for a 3 drive array there will be rd0, rd1, rd2.
358These are symbolic links to the appropriate 'dev-XXX' entry. 358These are symbolic links to the appropriate 'dev-XXX' entry.
359Thus, for example, 359Thus, for example,
diff --git a/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt b/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt
index 46b9b389df35..994355b0cd19 100644
--- a/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt
+++ b/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt
@@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ effectively random order, despite the write barrier issued by CPU 1:
670 670
671 671
672In the above example, CPU 2 perceives that B is 7, despite the load of *C 672In the above example, CPU 2 perceives that B is 7, despite the load of *C
673(which would be B) coming after the the LOAD of C. 673(which would be B) coming after the LOAD of C.
674 674
675If, however, a data dependency barrier were to be placed between the load of C 675If, however, a data dependency barrier were to be placed between the load of C
676and the load of *C (ie: B) on CPU 2: 676and the load of *C (ie: B) on CPU 2:
@@ -1915,7 +1915,7 @@ Whilst most CPUs do imply a data dependency barrier on the read when a memory
1915access depends on a read, not all do, so it may not be relied on. 1915access depends on a read, not all do, so it may not be relied on.
1916 1916
1917Other CPUs may also have split caches, but must coordinate between the various 1917Other CPUs may also have split caches, but must coordinate between the various
1918cachelets for normal memory accesss. The semantics of the Alpha removes the 1918cachelets for normal memory accesses. The semantics of the Alpha removes the
1919need for coordination in absence of memory barriers. 1919need for coordination in absence of memory barriers.
1920 1920
1921 1921
diff --git a/Documentation/mono.txt b/Documentation/mono.txt
index 807a0c7b4737..e8e1758e87da 100644
--- a/Documentation/mono.txt
+++ b/Documentation/mono.txt
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ other program after you have done the following:
26 the kernel (CONFIG_BINFMT_MISC) and set it up properly. 26 the kernel (CONFIG_BINFMT_MISC) and set it up properly.
27 If you choose to compile it as a module, you will have 27 If you choose to compile it as a module, you will have
28 to insert it manually with modprobe/insmod, as kmod 28 to insert it manually with modprobe/insmod, as kmod
29 can not be easily supported with binfmt_misc. 29 cannot be easily supported with binfmt_misc.
30 Read the file 'binfmt_misc.txt' in this directory to know 30 Read the file 'binfmt_misc.txt' in this directory to know
31 more about the configuration process. 31 more about the configuration process.
32 32
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/3c509.txt b/Documentation/networking/3c509.txt
index 867a99f88c68..0643e3b7168c 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/3c509.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/3c509.txt
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ packets faster than they can be removed from the card. This should be rare
126or impossible in normal operation. Possible causes of this error report are: 126or impossible in normal operation. Possible causes of this error report are:
127 127
128 - a "green" mode enabled that slows the processor down when there is no 128 - a "green" mode enabled that slows the processor down when there is no
129 keyboard activitiy. 129 keyboard activity.
130 130
131 - some other device or device driver hogging the bus or disabling interrupts. 131 - some other device or device driver hogging the bus or disabling interrupts.
132 Check /proc/interrupts for excessive interrupt counts. The timer tick 132 Check /proc/interrupts for excessive interrupt counts. The timer tick
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/NAPI_HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/networking/NAPI_HOWTO.txt
index 54376e8249c1..93af3e87c65b 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/NAPI_HOWTO.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/NAPI_HOWTO.txt
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ Legend:
35packets out of the rx ring. Note from this that the lower the 35packets out of the rx ring. Note from this that the lower the
36load the more we could clean up the rxring 36load the more we could clean up the rxring
37"Ndone" == is the converse of "Done". Note again, that the higher 37"Ndone" == is the converse of "Done". Note again, that the higher
38the load the more times we couldnt clean up the rxring. 38the load the more times we couldn't clean up the rxring.
39 39
40Observe that: 40Observe that:
41when the NIC receives 890Kpackets/sec only 17 rx interrupts are generated. 41when the NIC receives 890Kpackets/sec only 17 rx interrupts are generated.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/arcnet-hardware.txt b/Documentation/networking/arcnet-hardware.txt
index 30a5f01403d3..731de411513c 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/arcnet-hardware.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/arcnet-hardware.txt
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ And now to the cabling. What you can connect together:
139 139
1405. An active hub to passive hub. 1405. An active hub to passive hub.
141 141
142Remember, that you can not connect two passive hubs together. The power loss 142Remember that you cannot connect two passive hubs together. The power loss
143implied by such a connection is too high for the net to operate reliably. 143implied by such a connection is too high for the net to operate reliably.
144 144
145An example of a typical ARCnet network: 145An example of a typical ARCnet network:
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt b/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt
index dc942eaf490f..de809e58092f 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt
@@ -1023,7 +1023,7 @@ Changing a Bond's Configuration
1023files located in /sys/class/net/<bond name>/bonding 1023files located in /sys/class/net/<bond name>/bonding
1024 1024
1025 The names of these files correspond directly with the command- 1025 The names of these files correspond directly with the command-
1026line parameters described elsewhere in in this file, and, with the 1026line parameters described elsewhere in this file, and, with the
1027exception of arp_ip_target, they accept the same values. To see the 1027exception of arp_ip_target, they accept the same values. To see the
1028current setting, simply cat the appropriate file. 1028current setting, simply cat the appropriate file.
1029 1029
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/cs89x0.txt b/Documentation/networking/cs89x0.txt
index 188beb7d6a17..64896470e279 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/cs89x0.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/cs89x0.txt
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ configuration options are available on the command line:
227* media=rj45 - specify media type 227* media=rj45 - specify media type
228 or media=bnc 228 or media=bnc
229 or media=aui 229 or media=aui
230 or medai=auto 230 or media=auto
231* duplex=full - specify forced half/full/autonegotiate duplex 231* duplex=full - specify forced half/full/autonegotiate duplex
232 or duplex=half 232 or duplex=half
233 or duplex=auto 233 or duplex=auto
@@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ of four ways after installing and or configuring the CS8900/20-based adapter:
584 584
585 1.) The system does not boot properly (or at all). 585 1.) The system does not boot properly (or at all).
586 586
587 2.) The driver can not communicate with the adapter, reporting an "Adapter 587 2.) The driver cannot communicate with the adapter, reporting an "Adapter
588 not found" error message. 588 not found" error message.
589 589
590 3.) You cannot connect to the network or the driver will not load. 590 3.) You cannot connect to the network or the driver will not load.
@@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ ethernet@crystal.cirrus.com) and request that you be registered for automatic
684software-update notification. 684software-update notification.
685 685
686Cirrus Logic maintains a web page at http://www.cirrus.com with the 686Cirrus Logic maintains a web page at http://www.cirrus.com with the
687the latest drivers and technical publications. 687latest drivers and technical publications.
688 688
689 689
6906.4 Current maintainer 6906.4 Current maintainer
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/cxgb.txt b/Documentation/networking/cxgb.txt
index 76324638626b..20a887615c4a 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/cxgb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/cxgb.txt
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ FEATURES
56 56
57 ethtool -C eth0 rx-usecs 100 57 ethtool -C eth0 rx-usecs 100
58 58
59 You may also provide a timer latency value while disabling adpative-rx: 59 You may also provide a timer latency value while disabling adaptive-rx:
60 60
61 ethtool -C <interface> adaptive-rx off rx-usecs <microseconds> 61 ethtool -C <interface> adaptive-rx off rx-usecs <microseconds>
62 62
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ PERFORMANCE
172 smaller window prevents congestion and facilitates better pacing, 172 smaller window prevents congestion and facilitates better pacing,
173 especially if/when MAC level flow control does not work well or when it is 173 especially if/when MAC level flow control does not work well or when it is
174 not supported on the machine. Experimentation may be necessary to attain 174 not supported on the machine. Experimentation may be necessary to attain
175 the correct value. This method is provided as a starting point fot the 175 the correct value. This method is provided as a starting point for the
176 correct receive buffer size. 176 correct receive buffer size.
177 Setting the min, max, and default receive buffer (RX_WINDOW) size is 177 Setting the min, max, and default receive buffer (RX_WINDOW) size is
178 performed in the same manner as single connection. 178 performed in the same manner as single connection.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/decnet.txt b/Documentation/networking/decnet.txt
index e6c39c5831f5..badb7480ea62 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/decnet.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/decnet.txt
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ ethernet address of your ethernet card has to be set according to the DECnet
82address of the node in order for it to be autoconfigured (and then appear in 82address of the node in order for it to be autoconfigured (and then appear in
83/proc/net/decnet_dev). There is a utility available at the above 83/proc/net/decnet_dev). There is a utility available at the above
84FTP sites called dn2ethaddr which can compute the correct ethernet 84FTP sites called dn2ethaddr which can compute the correct ethernet
85address to use. The address can be set by ifconfig either before at 85address to use. The address can be set by ifconfig either before or
86at the time the device is brought up. If you are using RedHat you can 86at the time the device is brought up. If you are using RedHat you can
87add the line: 87add the line:
88 88
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/dl2k.txt b/Documentation/networking/dl2k.txt
index d460492037ef..10e8490fa406 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/dl2k.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/dl2k.txt
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ Installing the Driver
173 173
174Parameter Description 174Parameter Description
175===================== 175=====================
176You can install this driver without any addtional parameter. However, if you 176You can install this driver without any additional parameter. However, if you
177are going to have extensive functions then it is necessary to set extra 177are going to have extensive functions then it is necessary to set extra
178parameter. Below is a list of the command line parameters supported by the 178parameter. Below is a list of the command line parameters supported by the
179Linux device 179Linux device
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ rx_timeout=n - Rx DMA wait time for an interrupt.
222 reach timeout of n * 640 nano seconds. 222 reach timeout of n * 640 nano seconds.
223 Set proper rx_coalesce and rx_timeout can 223 Set proper rx_coalesce and rx_timeout can
224 reduce congestion collapse and overload which 224 reduce congestion collapse and overload which
225 has been a bottlenect for high speed network. 225 has been a bottleneck for high speed network.
226 226
227 For example, rx_coalesce=10 rx_timeout=800. 227 For example, rx_coalesce=10 rx_timeout=800.
228 that is, hardware assert only 1 interrupt 228 that is, hardware assert only 1 interrupt
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/dmfe.txt b/Documentation/networking/dmfe.txt
index 046363552d09..b1b7499dd9d3 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/dmfe.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/dmfe.txt
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Next you should configure your network interface with a command similar to :
34 34
35 ifconfig eth0 172.22.3.18 35 ifconfig eth0 172.22.3.18
36 ^^^^^^^^^^^ 36 ^^^^^^^^^^^
37 Your IP Adress 37 Your IP Address
38 38
39Then you may have to modify the default routing table with command : 39Then you may have to modify the default routing table with command :
40 40
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/driver.txt b/Documentation/networking/driver.txt
index a9ad58b49cc5..4f7da5a2bf4f 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/driver.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/driver.txt
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Transmit path guidelines:
37 ... 37 ...
38 } 38 }
39 39
40 And then at the end of your TX reclaimation event handling: 40 And then at the end of your TX reclamation event handling:
41 41
42 if (netif_queue_stopped(dp->dev) && 42 if (netif_queue_stopped(dp->dev) &&
43 TX_BUFFS_AVAIL(dp) > (MAX_SKB_FRAGS + 1)) 43 TX_BUFFS_AVAIL(dp) > (MAX_SKB_FRAGS + 1))
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/e1000.txt b/Documentation/networking/e1000.txt
index 71fe15af356c..5c0a5cc03998 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/e1000.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/e1000.txt
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ Additional Configurations
350 350
351 As an example, if you install the e1000 driver for two PRO/1000 adapters 351 As an example, if you install the e1000 driver for two PRO/1000 adapters
352 (eth0 and eth1) and set the speed and duplex to 10full and 100half, add 352 (eth0 and eth1) and set the speed and duplex to 10full and 100half, add
353 the following to modules.conf or or modprobe.conf: 353 the following to modules.conf or modprobe.conf:
354 354
355 alias eth0 e1000 355 alias eth0 e1000
356 alias eth1 e1000 356 alias eth1 e1000
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/fib_trie.txt b/Documentation/networking/fib_trie.txt
index f50d0c673c57..0723db7f8495 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/fib_trie.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/fib_trie.txt
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ trie_rebalance()
79 79
80resize() 80resize()
81 Analyzes a tnode and optimizes the child array size by either inflating 81 Analyzes a tnode and optimizes the child array size by either inflating
82 or shrinking it repeatedly until it fullfills the criteria for optimal 82 or shrinking it repeatedly until it fulfills the criteria for optimal
83 level compression. This part follows the original paper pretty closely 83 level compression. This part follows the original paper pretty closely
84 and there may be some room for experimentation here. 84 and there may be some room for experimentation here.
85 85
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/gen_stats.txt b/Documentation/networking/gen_stats.txt
index c3297f79c137..70e6275b757a 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/gen_stats.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/gen_stats.txt
@@ -79,8 +79,8 @@ Rate Estimator:
79 79
800) Prepare an estimator attribute. Most likely this would be in user 800) Prepare an estimator attribute. Most likely this would be in user
81 space. The value of this TLV should contain a tc_estimator structure. 81 space. The value of this TLV should contain a tc_estimator structure.
82 As usual, such a TLV nees to be 32 bit aligned and therefore the 82 As usual, such a TLV needs to be 32 bit aligned and therefore the
83 length needs to be appropriately set etc. The estimator interval 83 length needs to be appropriately set, etc. The estimator interval
84 and ewma log need to be converted to the appropriate values. 84 and ewma log need to be converted to the appropriate values.
85 tc_estimator.c::tc_setup_estimator() is advisable to be used as the 85 tc_estimator.c::tc_setup_estimator() is advisable to be used as the
86 conversion routine. It does a few clever things. It takes a time 86 conversion routine. It does a few clever things. It takes a time
@@ -103,8 +103,8 @@ In the kernel when setting up:
103 else 103 else
104 failed 104 failed
105 105
106From now on, everytime you dump my_rate_est_stats it will contain 106From now on, every time you dump my_rate_est_stats it will contain
107uptodate info. 107up-to-date info.
108 108
109Once you are done, call gen_kill_estimator(my_basicstats, 109Once you are done, call gen_kill_estimator(my_basicstats,
110my_rate_est_stats) Make sure that my_basicstats and my_rate_est_stats 110my_rate_est_stats) Make sure that my_basicstats and my_rate_est_stats
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
index 935e298f674a..fd3c0c012351 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
@@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ icmp_errors_use_inbound_ifaddr - BOOLEAN
495 495
496 Note that if no primary address exists for the interface selected, 496 Note that if no primary address exists for the interface selected,
497 then the primary address of the first non-loopback interface that 497 then the primary address of the first non-loopback interface that
498 has one will be used regarldess of this setting. 498 has one will be used regardless of this setting.
499 499
500 Default: 0 500 Default: 0
501 501
@@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ accept_ra_defrtr - BOOLEAN
787 disabled if accept_ra is disabled. 787 disabled if accept_ra is disabled.
788 788
789accept_ra_pinfo - BOOLEAN 789accept_ra_pinfo - BOOLEAN
790 Learn Prefix Inforamtion in Router Advertisement. 790 Learn Prefix Information in Router Advertisement.
791 791
792 Functional default: enabled if accept_ra is enabled. 792 Functional default: enabled if accept_ra is enabled.
793 disabled if accept_ra is disabled. 793 disabled if accept_ra is disabled.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/netconsole.txt b/Documentation/networking/netconsole.txt
index 53618fb1a717..1caa6c734691 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/netconsole.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/netconsole.txt
@@ -52,6 +52,6 @@ messages is high, but should have no other impact.
52Netconsole was designed to be as instantaneous as possible, to 52Netconsole was designed to be as instantaneous as possible, to
53enable the logging of even the most critical kernel bugs. It works 53enable the logging of even the most critical kernel bugs. It works
54from IRQ contexts as well, and does not enable interrupts while 54from IRQ contexts as well, and does not enable interrupts while
55sending packets. Due to these unique needs, configuration can not 55sending packets. Due to these unique needs, configuration cannot
56be more automatic, and some fundamental limitations will remain: 56be more automatic, and some fundamental limitations will remain:
57only IP networks, UDP packets and ethernet devices are supported. 57only IP networks, UDP packets and ethernet devices are supported.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/netif-msg.txt b/Documentation/networking/netif-msg.txt
index 18ad4cea6259..c967ddb90d0b 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/netif-msg.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/netif-msg.txt
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ History
40 Per-interface rather than per-driver message level setting. 40 Per-interface rather than per-driver message level setting.
41 More selective control over the type of messages emitted. 41 More selective control over the type of messages emitted.
42 42
43 The netif_msg recommandation adds these features with only a minor 43 The netif_msg recommendation adds these features with only a minor
44 complexity and code size increase. 44 complexity and code size increase.
45 45
46 The recommendation is the following points 46 The recommendation is the following points
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/operstates.txt b/Documentation/networking/operstates.txt
index 4a21d9bb836b..c9074f9b78bb 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/operstates.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/operstates.txt
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
21. Introduction 21. Introduction
3 3
4Linux distinguishes between administrative and operational state of an 4Linux distinguishes between administrative and operational state of an
5interface. Admininstrative state is the result of "ip link set dev 5interface. Administrative state is the result of "ip link set dev
6<dev> up or down" and reflects whether the administrator wants to use 6<dev> up or down" and reflects whether the administrator wants to use
7the device for traffic. 7the device for traffic.
8 8
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt b/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt
index aaf99d5f0dad..12a008a5c221 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ the following process:
66 66
67[setup] socket() -------> creation of the capture socket 67[setup] socket() -------> creation of the capture socket
68 setsockopt() ---> allocation of the circular buffer (ring) 68 setsockopt() ---> allocation of the circular buffer (ring)
69 mmap() ---------> maping of the allocated buffer to the 69 mmap() ---------> mapping of the allocated buffer to the
70 user process 70 user process
71 71
72[capture] poll() ---------> to wait for incoming packets 72[capture] poll() ---------> to wait for incoming packets
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ The destruction of the socket and all associated resources
93is done by a simple call to close(fd). 93is done by a simple call to close(fd).
94 94
95Next I will describe PACKET_MMAP settings and it's constraints, 95Next I will describe PACKET_MMAP settings and it's constraints,
96also the maping of the circular buffer in the user process and 96also the mapping of the circular buffer in the user process and
97the use of this buffer. 97the use of this buffer.
98 98
99-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 99--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -153,8 +153,8 @@ we will get the following buffer structure:
153 153
154A frame can be of any size with the only condition it can fit in a block. A block 154A frame can be of any size with the only condition it can fit in a block. A block
155can only hold an integer number of frames, or in other words, a frame cannot 155can only hold an integer number of frames, or in other words, a frame cannot
156be spawn accross two blocks so there are some datails you have to take into 156be spawned accross two blocks, so there are some details you have to take into
157account when choosing the frame_size. See "Maping and use of the circular 157account when choosing the frame_size. See "Mapping and use of the circular
158buffer (ring)". 158buffer (ring)".
159 159
160 160
@@ -215,8 +215,8 @@ called pg_vec, its size limits the number of blocks that can be allocated.
215 block #1 215 block #1
216 216
217 217
218kmalloc allocates any number of bytes of phisically contiguous memory from 218kmalloc allocates any number of bytes of physically contiguous memory from
219a pool of pre-determined sizes. This pool of memory is mantained by the slab 219a pool of pre-determined sizes. This pool of memory is maintained by the slab
220allocator which is at the end the responsible for doing the allocation and 220allocator which is at the end the responsible for doing the allocation and
221hence which imposes the maximum memory that kmalloc can allocate. 221hence which imposes the maximum memory that kmalloc can allocate.
222 222
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ i386 architecture:
262 <pagesize> = 4096 bytes 262 <pagesize> = 4096 bytes
263 <max-order> = 11 263 <max-order> = 11
264 264
265and a value for <frame size> of 2048 byteas. These parameters will yield 265and a value for <frame size> of 2048 bytes. These parameters will yield
266 266
267 <block number> = 131072/4 = 32768 blocks 267 <block number> = 131072/4 = 32768 blocks
268 <block size> = 4096 << 11 = 8 MiB. 268 <block size> = 4096 << 11 = 8 MiB.
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ an i386 kernel's memory size is limited to 1GiB.
278All memory allocations are not freed until the socket is closed. The memory 278All memory allocations are not freed until the socket is closed. The memory
279allocations are done with GFP_KERNEL priority, this basically means that 279allocations are done with GFP_KERNEL priority, this basically means that
280the allocation can wait and swap other process' memory in order to allocate 280the allocation can wait and swap other process' memory in order to allocate
281the nececessary memory, so normally limits can be reached. 281the necessary memory, so normally limits can be reached.
282 282
283 Other constraints 283 Other constraints
284------------------- 284-------------------
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ the following (from include/linux/if_packet.h):
296 - struct tpacket_hdr 296 - struct tpacket_hdr
297 - pad to TPACKET_ALIGNMENT=16 297 - pad to TPACKET_ALIGNMENT=16
298 - struct sockaddr_ll 298 - struct sockaddr_ll
299 - Gap, chosen so that packet data (Start+tp_net) alignes to 299 - Gap, chosen so that packet data (Start+tp_net) aligns to
300 TPACKET_ALIGNMENT=16 300 TPACKET_ALIGNMENT=16
301 - Start+tp_mac: [ Optional MAC header ] 301 - Start+tp_mac: [ Optional MAC header ]
302 - Start+tp_net: Packet data, aligned to TPACKET_ALIGNMENT=16. 302 - Start+tp_net: Packet data, aligned to TPACKET_ALIGNMENT=16.
@@ -311,14 +311,14 @@ the following (from include/linux/if_packet.h):
311 tp_frame_size must be a multiple of TPACKET_ALIGNMENT 311 tp_frame_size must be a multiple of TPACKET_ALIGNMENT
312 tp_frame_nr must be exactly frames_per_block*tp_block_nr 312 tp_frame_nr must be exactly frames_per_block*tp_block_nr
313 313
314Note that tp_block_size should be choosed to be a power of two or there will 314Note that tp_block_size should be chosen to be a power of two or there will
315be a waste of memory. 315be a waste of memory.
316 316
317-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 317--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
318+ Maping and use of the circular buffer (ring) 318+ Mapping and use of the circular buffer (ring)
319-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 319--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
320 320
321The maping of the buffer in the user process is done with the conventional 321The mapping of the buffer in the user process is done with the conventional
322mmap function. Even the circular buffer is compound of several physically 322mmap function. Even the circular buffer is compound of several physically
323discontiguous blocks of memory, they are contiguous to the user space, hence 323discontiguous blocks of memory, they are contiguous to the user space, hence
324just one call to mmap is needed: 324just one call to mmap is needed:
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt b/Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt
index 18d385c068fc..c8eee23be8c0 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Date: 041221
7 7
8Enable CONFIG_NET_PKTGEN to compile and build pktgen.o either in kernel 8Enable CONFIG_NET_PKTGEN to compile and build pktgen.o either in kernel
9or as module. Module is preferred. insmod pktgen if needed. Once running 9or as module. Module is preferred. insmod pktgen if needed. Once running
10pktgen creates a thread on each CPU where each thread has affinty it's CPU. 10pktgen creates a thread on each CPU where each thread has affinity to its CPU.
11Monitoring and controlling is done via /proc. Easiest to select a suitable 11Monitoring and controlling is done via /proc. Easiest to select a suitable
12a sample script and configure. 12a sample script and configure.
13 13
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ root 129 0.3 0.0 0 0 ? SW 2003 523:20 [pktgen/0]
18root 130 0.3 0.0 0 0 ? SW 2003 509:50 [pktgen/1] 18root 130 0.3 0.0 0 0 ? SW 2003 509:50 [pktgen/1]
19 19
20 20
21For montoring and control pktgen creates: 21For monitoring and control pktgen creates:
22 /proc/net/pktgen/pgctrl 22 /proc/net/pktgen/pgctrl
23 /proc/net/pktgen/kpktgend_X 23 /proc/net/pktgen/kpktgend_X
24 /proc/net/pktgen/ethX 24 /proc/net/pktgen/ethX
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Running:
32Stopped: eth1 32Stopped: eth1
33Result: OK: max_before_softirq=10000 33Result: OK: max_before_softirq=10000
34 34
35Most important the devices assigend to thread. Note! A device can only belong 35Most important the devices assigned to thread. Note! A device can only belong
36to one thread. 36to one thread.
37 37
38 38
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Examples:
147Example scripts 147Example scripts
148=============== 148===============
149 149
150A collection of small tutorial scripts for pktgen is in expamples dir. 150A collection of small tutorial scripts for pktgen is in examples dir.
151 151
152pktgen.conf-1-1 # 1 CPU 1 dev 152pktgen.conf-1-1 # 1 CPU 1 dev
153pktgen.conf-1-2 # 1 CPU 2 dev 153pktgen.conf-1-2 # 1 CPU 2 dev
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/s2io.txt b/Documentation/networking/s2io.txt
index bd528ffbeb4b..4bde53e85f3f 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/s2io.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/s2io.txt
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ However, you may want to set PCI latency timer to 248.
126#setpci -d 17d5:* LATENCY_TIMER=f8 126#setpci -d 17d5:* LATENCY_TIMER=f8
127For detailed description of the PCI registers, please see Xframe User Guide. 127For detailed description of the PCI registers, please see Xframe User Guide.
128b. Use 2-buffer mode. This results in large performance boost on 128b. Use 2-buffer mode. This results in large performance boost on
129on certain platforms(eg. SGI Altix, IBM xSeries). 129certain platforms(eg. SGI Altix, IBM xSeries).
130c. Ensure Receive Checksum offload is enabled. Use "ethtool -K ethX" command to 130c. Ensure Receive Checksum offload is enabled. Use "ethtool -K ethX" command to
131set/verify this option. 131set/verify this option.
132d. Enable NAPI feature(in kernel configuration Device Drivers ---> Network 132d. Enable NAPI feature(in kernel configuration Device Drivers ---> Network
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/sk98lin.txt b/Documentation/networking/sk98lin.txt
index 7837c53fd5fe..4e1cc745ec63 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/sk98lin.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/sk98lin.txt
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ To set the driver parameters in this file, proceed as follows:
1801. Insert a line of the form : 1801. Insert a line of the form :
181 options sk98lin ... 181 options sk98lin ...
182 For "...", the same syntax is required as described for the command 182 For "...", the same syntax is required as described for the command
183 line paramaters of modprobe below. 183 line parameters of modprobe below.
1842. To activate the new parameters, either reboot your computer 1842. To activate the new parameters, either reboot your computer
185 or 185 or
186 unload and reload the driver. 186 unload and reload the driver.
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ Parameter: Moderation
320Values: None, Static, Dynamic 320Values: None, Static, Dynamic
321Default: None 321Default: None
322 322
323Interrupt moderation is employed to limit the maxmimum number of interrupts 323Interrupt moderation is employed to limit the maximum number of interrupts
324the driver has to serve. That is, one or more interrupts (which indicate any 324the driver has to serve. That is, one or more interrupts (which indicate any
325transmit or receive packet to be processed) are queued until the driver 325transmit or receive packet to be processed) are queued until the driver
326processes them. When queued interrupts are to be served, is determined by the 326processes them. When queued interrupts are to be served, is determined by the
@@ -364,9 +364,9 @@ Parameter: IntsPerSec
364Values: 30...40000 (interrupts per second) 364Values: 30...40000 (interrupts per second)
365Default: 2000 365Default: 2000
366 366
367This parameter is only used, if either static or dynamic interrupt moderation 367This parameter is only used if either static or dynamic interrupt moderation
368is used on a network adapter card. Using this paramter if no moderation is 368is used on a network adapter card. Using this parameter if no moderation is
369applied, will lead to no action performed. 369applied will lead to no action performed.
370 370
371This parameter determines the length of any interrupt moderation interval. 371This parameter determines the length of any interrupt moderation interval.
372Assuming that static interrupt moderation is to be used, an 'IntsPerSec' 372Assuming that static interrupt moderation is to be used, an 'IntsPerSec'
@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ If any problems occur during the installation process, check the
484following list: 484following list:
485 485
486 486
487Problem: The SK-98xx adapter can not be found by the driver. 487Problem: The SK-98xx adapter cannot be found by the driver.
488Solution: In /proc/pci search for the following entry: 488Solution: In /proc/pci search for the following entry:
489 'Ethernet controller: SysKonnect SK-98xx ...' 489 'Ethernet controller: SysKonnect SK-98xx ...'
490 If this entry exists, the SK-98xx or SK-98xx V2.0 adapter has 490 If this entry exists, the SK-98xx or SK-98xx V2.0 adapter has
@@ -497,12 +497,12 @@ Solution: In /proc/pci search for the following entry:
497 www.syskonnect.com 497 www.syskonnect.com
498 498
499 Some COMPAQ machines have problems dealing with PCI under Linux. 499 Some COMPAQ machines have problems dealing with PCI under Linux.
500 Linux. This problem is described in the 'PCI howto' document 500 This problem is described in the 'PCI howto' document
501 (included in some distributions or available from the 501 (included in some distributions or available from the
502 web, e.g. at 'www.linux.org'). 502 web, e.g. at 'www.linux.org').
503 503
504 504
505Problem: Programs such as 'ifconfig' or 'route' can not be found or the 505Problem: Programs such as 'ifconfig' or 'route' cannot be found or the
506 error message 'Operation not permitted' is displayed. 506 error message 'Operation not permitted' is displayed.
507Reason: You are not logged in as user 'root'. 507Reason: You are not logged in as user 'root'.
508Solution: Logout and login as 'root' or change to 'root' via 'su'. 508Solution: Logout and login as 'root' or change to 'root' via 'su'.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/skfp.txt b/Documentation/networking/skfp.txt
index 3a419ed42f81..abfddf81e34a 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/skfp.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/skfp.txt
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ Makes my life much easier :-)
81 81
82If you run into problems during installation, check those items: 82If you run into problems during installation, check those items:
83 83
84Problem: The FDDI adapter can not be found by the driver. 84Problem: The FDDI adapter cannot be found by the driver.
85Reason: Look in /proc/pci for the following entry: 85Reason: Look in /proc/pci for the following entry:
86 'FDDI network controller: SysKonnect SK-FDDI-PCI ...' 86 'FDDI network controller: SysKonnect SK-FDDI-PCI ...'
87 If this entry exists, then the FDDI adapter has been 87 If this entry exists, then the FDDI adapter has been
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ Reason: Look in /proc/pci for the following entry:
99 99
100Problem: You want to use your computer as a router between 100Problem: You want to use your computer as a router between
101 multiple IP subnetworks (using multiple adapters), but 101 multiple IP subnetworks (using multiple adapters), but
102 you can not reach computers in other subnetworks. 102 you cannot reach computers in other subnetworks.
103Reason: Either the router's kernel is not configured for IP 103Reason: Either the router's kernel is not configured for IP
104 forwarding or there is a problem with the routing table 104 forwarding or there is a problem with the routing table
105 and gateway configuration in at least one of the 105 and gateway configuration in at least one of the
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/slicecom.txt b/Documentation/networking/slicecom.txt
index 59cfd95121fb..2f04c9267f89 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/slicecom.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/slicecom.txt
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ red: green: meaning:
89 89
90- - no frame-sync, no signal received, or signal SNAFU. 90- - no frame-sync, no signal received, or signal SNAFU.
91- on "Everything is OK" 91- on "Everything is OK"
92on on Recepion is ok, but the remote end sends Remote Alarm 92on on Reception is ok, but the remote end sends Remote Alarm
93on - The interface is unconfigured 93on - The interface is unconfigured
94 94
95----------------------------------------------------------------- 95-----------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -257,12 +257,12 @@ which begin with '//' are the comments.
257// No alarms - Everything OK 257// No alarms - Everything OK
258// 258//
259// LOS - Loss Of Signal - No signal sensed on the input 259// LOS - Loss Of Signal - No signal sensed on the input
260// AIS - Alarm Indication Signal - The remot side sends '11111111'-s, 260// AIS - Alarm Indication Signal - The remote side sends '11111111'-s,
261// it tells, that there's an error condition, or it's not 261// it tells, that there's an error condition, or it's not
262// initialised. 262// initialised.
263// AUXP - Auxiliary Pattern Indication - 01010101.. received. 263// AUXP - Auxiliary Pattern Indication - 01010101.. received.
264// LFA - Loss of Frame Alignment - no frame sync received. 264// LFA - Loss of Frame Alignment - no frame sync received.
265// RRA - Receive Remote Alarm - the remote end's OK, but singnals error cond. 265// RRA - Receive Remote Alarm - the remote end's OK, but signals error cond.
266// LMFA - Loss of CRC4 Multiframe Alignment - no CRC4 multiframe sync. 266// LMFA - Loss of CRC4 Multiframe Alignment - no CRC4 multiframe sync.
267// NMF - No Multiframe alignment Found after 400 msec - no such alarm using 267// NMF - No Multiframe alignment Found after 400 msec - no such alarm using
268// no-crc4 or crc4 framing, see below. 268// no-crc4 or crc4 framing, see below.
@@ -364,6 +364,6 @@ Treat them very carefully, these can cause much trouble!
364 364
365 # echo >lbireg 0x1d 0x21 365 # echo >lbireg 0x1d 0x21
366 366
367 - Swithing the loop off: 367 - Switching the loop off:
368 368
369 # echo >lbireg 0x1d 0x00 369 # echo >lbireg 0x1d 0x00
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/smctr.txt b/Documentation/networking/smctr.txt
index 4c866f5a0ee4..9af25b810c1f 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/smctr.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/smctr.txt
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ This driver is rather simple to use. Select Y to Token Ring adapter support
11in the kernel configuration. A choice for SMC Token Ring adapters will 11in the kernel configuration. A choice for SMC Token Ring adapters will
12appear. This drives supports all SMC ISA/MCA adapters. Choose this 12appear. This drives supports all SMC ISA/MCA adapters. Choose this
13option. I personally recommend compiling the driver as a module (M), but if you 13option. I personally recommend compiling the driver as a module (M), but if you
14you would like to compile it staticly answer Y instead. 14you would like to compile it statically answer Y instead.
15 15
16This driver supports multiple adapters without the need to load multiple copies 16This driver supports multiple adapters without the need to load multiple copies
17of the driver. You should be able to load up to 7 adapters without any kernel 17of the driver. You should be able to load up to 7 adapters without any kernel
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/tcp.txt b/Documentation/networking/tcp.txt
index 0fa300425575..0121edc3ba06 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/tcp.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/tcp.txt
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ if needed and you will get the expected protocol. If you ask for an
62unknown congestion method, then the sysctl attempt will fail. 62unknown congestion method, then the sysctl attempt will fail.
63 63
64If you remove a tcp congestion control module, then you will get the next 64If you remove a tcp congestion control module, then you will get the next
65available one. Since reno can not be built as a module, and can not be 65available one. Since reno cannot be built as a module, and cannot be
66deleted, it will always be available. 66deleted, it will always be available.
67 67
68How the new TCP output machine [nyi] works. 68How the new TCP output machine [nyi] works.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/tms380tr.txt b/Documentation/networking/tms380tr.txt
index 179e527b9da1..c169a57bc925 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/tms380tr.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/tms380tr.txt
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ This driver is rather simple to use. Select Y to Token Ring adapter support
24in the kernel configuration. A choice for SysKonnect Token Ring adapters will 24in the kernel configuration. A choice for SysKonnect Token Ring adapters will
25appear. This drives supports all SysKonnect ISA and PCI adapters. Choose this 25appear. This drives supports all SysKonnect ISA and PCI adapters. Choose this
26option. I personally recommend compiling the driver as a module (M), but if you 26option. I personally recommend compiling the driver as a module (M), but if you
27you would like to compile it staticly answer Y instead. 27you would like to compile it statically answer Y instead.
28 28
29This driver supports multiple adapters without the need to load multiple copies 29This driver supports multiple adapters without the need to load multiple copies
30of the driver. You should be able to load up to 7 adapters without any kernel 30of the driver. You should be able to load up to 7 adapters without any kernel
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/vortex.txt b/Documentation/networking/vortex.txt
index 6091e5f6794f..6356d3faed36 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/vortex.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/vortex.txt
@@ -359,13 +359,13 @@ steps you should take:
359 359
360 Eliminate some variables: try different cards, different 360 Eliminate some variables: try different cards, different
361 computers, different cables, different ports on the switch/hub, 361 computers, different cables, different ports on the switch/hub,
362 different versions of the kernel or ofthe driver, etc. 362 different versions of the kernel or of the driver, etc.
363 363
364- OK, it's a driver problem. 364- OK, it's a driver problem.
365 365
366 You need to generate a report. Typically this is an email to the 366 You need to generate a report. Typically this is an email to the
367 maintainer and/or linux-net@vger.kernel.org. The maintainer's 367 maintainer and/or linux-net@vger.kernel.org. The maintainer's
368 email address will be inthe driver source or in the MAINTAINERS file. 368 email address will be in the driver source or in the MAINTAINERS file.
369 369
370- The contents of your report will vary a lot depending upon the 370- The contents of your report will vary a lot depending upon the
371 problem. If it's a kernel crash then you should refer to the 371 problem. If it's a kernel crash then you should refer to the
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/wan-router.txt b/Documentation/networking/wan-router.txt
index c96897aa08b6..0cf654147634 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/wan-router.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/wan-router.txt
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ NEW IN THIS RELEASE
148 for async connections. 148 for async connections.
149 149
150 o Added the PPPCONFIG utility 150 o Added the PPPCONFIG utility
151 Used to configure the PPPD dameon for the 151 Used to configure the PPPD daemon for the
152 WANPIPE Async PPP and standard serial port. 152 WANPIPE Async PPP and standard serial port.
153 The wancfg calls the pppconfig to configure 153 The wancfg calls the pppconfig to configure
154 the pppd. 154 the pppd.
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ PRODUCT COMPONENTS AND RELATED FILES
214/usr/local/wanrouter/patches/kdrivers: 214/usr/local/wanrouter/patches/kdrivers:
215 Sources of the latest WANPIPE device drivers. 215 Sources of the latest WANPIPE device drivers.
216 These are used to UPGRADE the linux kernel to the newest 216 These are used to UPGRADE the linux kernel to the newest
217 version if the kernel source has already been pathced with 217 version if the kernel source has already been patched with
218 WANPIPE drivers. 218 WANPIPE drivers.
219 219
220/usr/local/wanrouter/samples: 220/usr/local/wanrouter/samples:
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ REVISION HISTORY
350 Available as a patch. 350 Available as a patch.
351 351
3522.0.6 Aug 17, 1999 Increased debugging in statup scripts 3522.0.6 Aug 17, 1999 Increased debugging in statup scripts
353 Fixed insallation bugs from 2.0.5 353 Fixed installation bugs from 2.0.5
354 Kernel patch works for both 2.2.10 and 2.2.11 kernels. 354 Kernel patch works for both 2.2.10 and 2.2.11 kernels.
355 There is no functional difference between the two packages 355 There is no functional difference between the two packages
356 356
@@ -434,11 +434,11 @@ beta3-2.1.4 Jul 2000 o X25 M_BIT Problem fix.
434 change. 434 change.
435 435
436beta1-2.1.5 Nov 15 2000 436beta1-2.1.5 Nov 15 2000
437 o Fixed the MulitPort PPP Support for kernels 2.2.16 and above. 437 o Fixed the MultiPort PPP Support for kernels 2.2.16 and above.
438 2.2.X kernels only 438 2.2.X kernels only
439 439
440 o Secured the driver UDP debugging calls 440 o Secured the driver UDP debugging calls
441 - All illegal netowrk debugging calls are reported to 441 - All illegal network debugging calls are reported to
442 the log. 442 the log.
443 - Defined a set of allowed commands, all other denied. 443 - Defined a set of allowed commands, all other denied.
444 444
@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ beta1-2.1.5 Nov 15 2000
451 451
452 o Keyboard Led Monitor/Debugger 452 o Keyboard Led Monitor/Debugger
453 - A new utilty /usr/sbin/wpkbdmon uses keyboard leds 453 - A new utilty /usr/sbin/wpkbdmon uses keyboard leds
454 to convey operatinal statistic information of the 454 to convey operational statistic information of the
455 Sangoma WANPIPE cards. 455 Sangoma WANPIPE cards.
456 NUM_LOCK = Line State (On=connected, Off=disconnected) 456 NUM_LOCK = Line State (On=connected, Off=disconnected)
457 CAPS_LOCK = Tx data (On=transmitting, Off=no tx data) 457 CAPS_LOCK = Tx data (On=transmitting, Off=no tx data)
@@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ beta1-2.1.5 Nov 15 2000
470 o Fixed the Frame Relay and Chdlc network interfaces so they are 470 o Fixed the Frame Relay and Chdlc network interfaces so they are
471 compatible with libpcap libraries. Meaning, tcpdump, snort, 471 compatible with libpcap libraries. Meaning, tcpdump, snort,
472 ethereal, and all other packet sniffers and debuggers work on 472 ethereal, and all other packet sniffers and debuggers work on
473 all WANPIPE netowrk interfaces. 473 all WANPIPE network interfaces.
474 - Set the network interface encoding type to ARPHRD_PPP. 474 - Set the network interface encoding type to ARPHRD_PPP.
475 This tell the sniffers that data obtained from the 475 This tell the sniffers that data obtained from the
476 network interface is in pure IP format. 476 network interface is in pure IP format.
@@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ bata1-2.2.1 Feb 09 2001
570 570
571 Option to COMPILE WANPIPE modules against the currently 571 Option to COMPILE WANPIPE modules against the currently
572 running kernel, thus no need for manual kernel and module 572 running kernel, thus no need for manual kernel and module
573 re-compilatin. 573 re-compilation.
574 574
575 o Updates and Bug Fixes to wancfg utility. 575 o Updates and Bug Fixes to wancfg utility.
576 576
diff --git a/Documentation/nfsroot.txt b/Documentation/nfsroot.txt
index 3cc953cb288f..719f9a9d60c0 100644
--- a/Documentation/nfsroot.txt
+++ b/Documentation/nfsroot.txt
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Updated 2006 by Horms <horms@verge.net.au>
11In order to use a diskless system, such as an X-terminal or printer server 11In order to use a diskless system, such as an X-terminal or printer server
12for example, it is necessary for the root filesystem to be present on a 12for example, it is necessary for the root filesystem to be present on a
13non-disk device. This may be an initramfs (see Documentation/filesystems/ 13non-disk device. This may be an initramfs (see Documentation/filesystems/
14ramfs-rootfs-initramfs.txt), a ramdisk (see Documenation/initrd.txt) or a 14ramfs-rootfs-initramfs.txt), a ramdisk (see Documentation/initrd.txt) or a
15filesystem mounted via NFS. The following text describes on how to use NFS 15filesystem mounted via NFS. The following text describes on how to use NFS
16for the root filesystem. For the rest of this text 'client' means the 16for the root filesystem. For the rest of this text 'client' means the
17diskless system, and 'server' means the NFS server. 17diskless system, and 'server' means the NFS server.
diff --git a/Documentation/pci-error-recovery.txt b/Documentation/pci-error-recovery.txt
index 634d3e5b5756..6650af432523 100644
--- a/Documentation/pci-error-recovery.txt
+++ b/Documentation/pci-error-recovery.txt
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ is STEP 6 (Permanent Failure).
172>>> a value of 0xff on read, and writes will be dropped. If the device 172>>> a value of 0xff on read, and writes will be dropped. If the device
173>>> driver attempts more than 10K I/O's to a frozen adapter, it will 173>>> driver attempts more than 10K I/O's to a frozen adapter, it will
174>>> assume that the device driver has gone into an infinite loop, and 174>>> assume that the device driver has gone into an infinite loop, and
175>>> it will panic the the kernel. There doesn't seem to be any other 175>>> it will panic the kernel. There doesn't seem to be any other
176>>> way of stopping a device driver that insists on spinning on I/O. 176>>> way of stopping a device driver that insists on spinning on I/O.
177 177
178STEP 2: MMIO Enabled 178STEP 2: MMIO Enabled
diff --git a/Documentation/pi-futex.txt b/Documentation/pi-futex.txt
index 5d61dacd21f6..9a5bc8651c29 100644
--- a/Documentation/pi-futex.txt
+++ b/Documentation/pi-futex.txt
@@ -118,4 +118,4 @@ properties of futexes, and all four combinations are possible: futex,
118robust-futex, PI-futex, robust+PI-futex. 118robust-futex, PI-futex, robust+PI-futex.
119 119
120More details about priority inheritance can be found in 120More details about priority inheritance can be found in
121Documentation/rtmutex.txt. 121Documentation/rt-mutex.txt.
diff --git a/Documentation/pm.txt b/Documentation/pm.txt
index 79c0f32a760e..da8589a0e07d 100644
--- a/Documentation/pm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/pm.txt
@@ -18,10 +18,10 @@ enabled by default). If a working ACPI implementation is found, the
18ACPI driver will override and disable APM, otherwise the APM driver 18ACPI driver will override and disable APM, otherwise the APM driver
19will be used. 19will be used.
20 20
21No sorry, you can not have both ACPI and APM enabled and running at 21No, sorry, you cannot have both ACPI and APM enabled and running at
22once. Some people with broken ACPI or broken APM implementations 22once. Some people with broken ACPI or broken APM implementations
23would like to use both to get a full set of working features, but you 23would like to use both to get a full set of working features, but you
24simply can not mix and match the two. Only one power management 24simply cannot mix and match the two. Only one power management
25interface can be in control of the machine at once. Think about it.. 25interface can be in control of the machine at once. Think about it..
26 26
27User-space Daemons 27User-space Daemons
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ void pm_unregister_all(pm_callback cback);
106 * 106 *
107 * Returns: 0 if the request is successful 107 * Returns: 0 if the request is successful
108 * EINVAL if the request is not supported 108 * EINVAL if the request is not supported
109 * EBUSY if the device is now busy and can not handle the request 109 * EBUSY if the device is now busy and cannot handle the request
110 * ENOMEM if the device was unable to handle the request due to memory 110 * ENOMEM if the device was unable to handle the request due to memory
111 * 111 *
112 * Details: The device request callback will be called before the 112 * Details: The device request callback will be called before the
diff --git a/Documentation/pnp.txt b/Documentation/pnp.txt
index 9529c9c9fd59..9ff966bf76e6 100644
--- a/Documentation/pnp.txt
+++ b/Documentation/pnp.txt
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ static struct pnp_driver serial_pnp_driver = {
222 .remove = serial_pnp_remove, 222 .remove = serial_pnp_remove,
223}; 223};
224 224
225* name and id_table can not be NULL. 225* name and id_table cannot be NULL.
226 226
2274.) register the driver 2274.) register the driver
228ex: 228ex:
diff --git a/Documentation/power/pci.txt b/Documentation/power/pci.txt
index 73fc87e5dc38..24edf25b3bb7 100644
--- a/Documentation/power/pci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/power/pci.txt
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ A reference implementation
326 326
327This is a typical implementation. Drivers can slightly change the order 327This is a typical implementation. Drivers can slightly change the order
328of the operations in the implementation, ignore some operations or add 328of the operations in the implementation, ignore some operations or add
329more deriver specific operations in it, but drivers should do something like 329more driver specific operations in it, but drivers should do something like
330this on the whole. 330this on the whole.
331 331
3325. Resources 3325. Resources
diff --git a/Documentation/power/swsusp.txt b/Documentation/power/swsusp.txt
index 823b2cf6e3dc..9ea2208b43b5 100644
--- a/Documentation/power/swsusp.txt
+++ b/Documentation/power/swsusp.txt
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ instead set the PF_NOFREEZE process flag when creating the thread (and
156be very carefull). 156be very carefull).
157 157
158 158
159Q: What is the difference between between "platform", "shutdown" and 159Q: What is the difference between "platform", "shutdown" and
160"firmware" in /sys/power/disk? 160"firmware" in /sys/power/disk?
161 161
162A: 162A:
@@ -175,8 +175,8 @@ reliable.
175Q: I do not understand why you have such strong objections to idea of 175Q: I do not understand why you have such strong objections to idea of
176selective suspend. 176selective suspend.
177 177
178A: Do selective suspend during runtime power managment, that's okay. But 178A: Do selective suspend during runtime power management, that's okay. But
179its useless for suspend-to-disk. (And I do not see how you could use 179it's useless for suspend-to-disk. (And I do not see how you could use
180it for suspend-to-ram, I hope you do not want that). 180it for suspend-to-ram, I hope you do not want that).
181 181
182Lets see, so you suggest to 182Lets see, so you suggest to
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ slowness may not matter to you. It can always be fixed later.
211For devices like disk it does matter, you do not want to spindown for 211For devices like disk it does matter, you do not want to spindown for
212FREEZE. 212FREEZE.
213 213
214Q: After resuming, system is paging heavilly, leading to very bad interactivity. 214Q: After resuming, system is paging heavily, leading to very bad interactivity.
215 215
216A: Try running 216A: Try running
217 217
diff --git a/Documentation/power/tricks.txt b/Documentation/power/tricks.txt
index c6d58d3da133..3b26bb502a4a 100644
--- a/Documentation/power/tricks.txt
+++ b/Documentation/power/tricks.txt
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ If you want to trick swsusp/S3 into working, you might want to try:
9 9
10* turn off APIC and preempt 10* turn off APIC and preempt
11 11
12* use ext2. At least it has working fsck. [If something seemes to go 12* use ext2. At least it has working fsck. [If something seems to go
13 wrong, force fsck when you have a chance] 13 wrong, force fsck when you have a chance]
14 14
15* turn off modules 15* turn off modules
diff --git a/Documentation/power/userland-swsusp.txt b/Documentation/power/userland-swsusp.txt
index 94058220aaf0..64755e9285db 100644
--- a/Documentation/power/userland-swsusp.txt
+++ b/Documentation/power/userland-swsusp.txt
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ unfreeze user space processes frozen by SNAPSHOT_UNFREEZE if they are
91still frozen when the device is being closed). 91still frozen when the device is being closed).
92 92
93Currently it is assumed that the userland utilities reading/writing the 93Currently it is assumed that the userland utilities reading/writing the
94snapshot image from/to the kernel will use a swap parition, called the resume 94snapshot image from/to the kernel will use a swap partition, called the resume
95partition, as storage space. However, this is not really required, as they 95partition, as storage space. However, this is not really required, as they
96can use, for example, a special (blank) suspend partition or a file on a partition 96can use, for example, a special (blank) suspend partition or a file on a partition
97that is unmounted before SNAPSHOT_ATOMIC_SNAPSHOT and mounted afterwards. 97that is unmounted before SNAPSHOT_ATOMIC_SNAPSHOT and mounted afterwards.
diff --git a/Documentation/power/video.txt b/Documentation/power/video.txt
index d859faa3a463..2b358498d095 100644
--- a/Documentation/power/video.txt
+++ b/Documentation/power/video.txt
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ problem for S1 standby, because hardware should retain its state over
16that. 16that.
17 17
18We either have to run video BIOS during early resume, or interpret it 18We either have to run video BIOS during early resume, or interpret it
19using vbetool later, or maybe nothing is neccessary on particular 19using vbetool later, or maybe nothing is necessary on particular
20system because video state is preserved. Unfortunately different 20system because video state is preserved. Unfortunately different
21methods work on different systems, and no known method suits all of 21methods work on different systems, and no known method suits all of
22them. 22them.
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/booting-without-of.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/booting-without-of.txt
index 5c0ba235f5a5..1ccc8a515b44 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/booting-without-of.txt
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/booting-without-of.txt
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ it with special cases.
145 in case you are entering the kernel with MMU enabled 145 in case you are entering the kernel with MMU enabled
146 and a non-1:1 mapping. 146 and a non-1:1 mapping.
147 147
148 r5 : NULL (as to differenciate with method a) 148 r5 : NULL (as to differentiate with method a)
149 149
150 Note about SMP entry: Either your firmware puts your other 150 Note about SMP entry: Either your firmware puts your other
151 CPUs in some sleep loop or spin loop in ROM where you can get 151 CPUs in some sleep loop or spin loop in ROM where you can get
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ the block to RAM before passing it to the kernel.
245--------- 245---------
246 246
247 The kernel is entered with r3 pointing to an area of memory that is 247 The kernel is entered with r3 pointing to an area of memory that is
248 roughtly described in include/asm-powerpc/prom.h by the structure 248 roughly described in include/asm-powerpc/prom.h by the structure
249 boot_param_header: 249 boot_param_header:
250 250
251struct boot_param_header { 251struct boot_param_header {
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ struct boot_param_header {
335 "compact" format for the tree itself that is however not backward 335 "compact" format for the tree itself that is however not backward
336 compatible. You should always generate a structure of the highest 336 compatible. You should always generate a structure of the highest
337 version defined at the time of your implementation. Currently 337 version defined at the time of your implementation. Currently
338 that is version 16, unless you explicitely aim at being backward 338 that is version 16, unless you explicitly aim at being backward
339 compatible. 339 compatible.
340 340
341 - last_comp_version 341 - last_comp_version
@@ -418,9 +418,9 @@ zero terminated string and is mandatory for version 1 to 3 of the
418format definition (as it is in Open Firmware). Version 0x10 makes it 418format definition (as it is in Open Firmware). Version 0x10 makes it
419optional as it can generate it from the unit name defined below. 419optional as it can generate it from the unit name defined below.
420 420
421There is also a "unit name" that is used to differenciate nodes with 421There is also a "unit name" that is used to differentiate nodes with
422the same name at the same level, it is usually made of the node 422the same name at the same level, it is usually made of the node
423name's, the "@" sign, and a "unit address", which definition is 423names, the "@" sign, and a "unit address", which definition is
424specific to the bus type the node sits on. 424specific to the bus type the node sits on.
425 425
426The unit name doesn't exist as a property per-se but is included in 426The unit name doesn't exist as a property per-se but is included in
@@ -550,11 +550,11 @@ Here's the basic structure of a single node:
550 * [child nodes if any] 550 * [child nodes if any]
551 * token OF_DT_END_NODE (that is 0x00000002) 551 * token OF_DT_END_NODE (that is 0x00000002)
552 552
553So the node content can be summmarised as a start token, a full path, 553So the node content can be summarised as a start token, a full path,
554a list of properties, a list of child node and an end token. Every 554a list of properties, a list of child nodes, and an end token. Every
555child node is a full node structure itself as defined above. 555child node is a full node structure itself as defined above.
556 556
5574) Device tree 'strings" block 5574) Device tree "strings" block
558 558
559In order to save space, property names, which are generally redundant, 559In order to save space, property names, which are generally redundant,
560are stored separately in the "strings" block. This block is simply the 560are stored separately in the "strings" block. This block is simply the
@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ implementation of Open Firmware or an implementation compatible with
573the Open Firmware client interface, those properties will be created 573the Open Firmware client interface, those properties will be created
574by the trampoline code in the kernel's prom_init() file. For example, 574by the trampoline code in the kernel's prom_init() file. For example,
575that's where you'll have to add code to detect your board model and 575that's where you'll have to add code to detect your board model and
576set the platform number. However, when using the flatenned device-tree 576set the platform number. However, when using the flattened device-tree
577entry point, there is no prom_init() pass, and thus you have to 577entry point, there is no prom_init() pass, and thus you have to
578provide those properties yourself. 578provide those properties yourself.
579 579
@@ -630,12 +630,11 @@ like address space bits, you'll have to add a bus translator to the
630prom_parse.c file of the recent kernels for your bus type. 630prom_parse.c file of the recent kernels for your bus type.
631 631
632The "reg" property only defines addresses and sizes (if #size-cells 632The "reg" property only defines addresses and sizes (if #size-cells
633is 633is non-0) within a given bus. In order to translate addresses upward
634non-0) within a given bus. In order to translate addresses upward
635(that is into parent bus addresses, and possibly into cpu physical 634(that is into parent bus addresses, and possibly into cpu physical
636addresses), all busses must contain a "ranges" property. If the 635addresses), all busses must contain a "ranges" property. If the
637"ranges" property is missing at a given level, it's assumed that 636"ranges" property is missing at a given level, it's assumed that
638translation isn't possible. The format of the "ranges" proprety for a 637translation isn't possible. The format of the "ranges" property for a
639bus is a list of: 638bus is a list of:
640 639
641 bus address, parent bus address, size 640 bus address, parent bus address, size
@@ -689,7 +688,7 @@ is present).
6894) Note about node and property names and character set 6884) Note about node and property names and character set
690------------------------------------------------------- 689-------------------------------------------------------
691 690
692While open firmware provides more flexibe usage of 8859-1, this 691While open firmware provides more flexible usage of 8859-1, this
693specification enforces more strict rules. Nodes and properties should 692specification enforces more strict rules. Nodes and properties should
694be comprised only of ASCII characters 'a' to 'z', '0' to 693be comprised only of ASCII characters 'a' to 'z', '0' to
695'9', ',', '.', '_', '+', '#', '?', and '-'. Node names additionally 694'9', ',', '.', '_', '+', '#', '?', and '-'. Node names additionally
@@ -732,12 +731,12 @@ address which can extend beyond that limit.
732 that typically get driven by the same platform code in the 731 that typically get driven by the same platform code in the
733 kernel, you would use a different "model" property but put a 732 kernel, you would use a different "model" property but put a
734 value in "compatible". The kernel doesn't directly use that 733 value in "compatible". The kernel doesn't directly use that
735 value (see /chosen/linux,platform for how the kernel choses a 734 value (see /chosen/linux,platform for how the kernel chooses a
736 platform type) but it is generally useful. 735 platform type) but it is generally useful.
737 736
738 The root node is also generally where you add additional properties 737 The root node is also generally where you add additional properties
739 specific to your board like the serial number if any, that sort of 738 specific to your board like the serial number if any, that sort of
740 thing. it is recommended that if you add any "custom" property whose 739 thing. It is recommended that if you add any "custom" property whose
741 name may clash with standard defined ones, you prefix them with your 740 name may clash with standard defined ones, you prefix them with your
742 vendor name and a comma. 741 vendor name and a comma.
743 742
@@ -817,7 +816,7 @@ address which can extend beyond that limit.
817 your board. It's a list of addresses/sizes concatenated 816 your board. It's a list of addresses/sizes concatenated
818 together, with the number of cells of each defined by the 817 together, with the number of cells of each defined by the
819 #address-cells and #size-cells of the root node. For example, 818 #address-cells and #size-cells of the root node. For example,
820 with both of these properties beeing 2 like in the example given 819 with both of these properties being 2 like in the example given
821 earlier, a 970 based machine with 6Gb of RAM could typically 820 earlier, a 970 based machine with 6Gb of RAM could typically
822 have a "reg" property here that looks like: 821 have a "reg" property here that looks like:
823 822
@@ -970,7 +969,7 @@ device-tree in another format. The currently supported formats are:
970 - "asm": assembly language file. This is a file that can be 969 - "asm": assembly language file. This is a file that can be
971 sourced by gas to generate a device-tree "blob". That file can 970 sourced by gas to generate a device-tree "blob". That file can
972 then simply be added to your Makefile. Additionally, the 971 then simply be added to your Makefile. Additionally, the
973 assembly file exports some symbols that can be use 972 assembly file exports some symbols that can be used.
974 973
975 974
976The syntax of the dtc tool is 975The syntax of the dtc tool is
@@ -984,10 +983,10 @@ generated. Supported versions are 1,2,3 and 16. The default is
984currently version 3 but that may change in the future to version 16. 983currently version 3 but that may change in the future to version 16.
985 984
986Additionally, dtc performs various sanity checks on the tree, like the 985Additionally, dtc performs various sanity checks on the tree, like the
987uniqueness of linux,phandle properties, validity of strings, etc... 986uniqueness of linux, phandle properties, validity of strings, etc...
988 987
989The format of the .dts "source" file is "C" like, supports C and C++ 988The format of the .dts "source" file is "C" like, supports C and C++
990style commments. 989style comments.
991 990
992/ { 991/ {
993} 992}
@@ -1069,13 +1068,13 @@ while all this has been defined and implemented.
1069 around. It contains no internal offsets or pointers for this 1068 around. It contains no internal offsets or pointers for this
1070 purpose. 1069 purpose.
1071 1070
1072 - An example of code for iterating nodes & retreiving properties 1071 - An example of code for iterating nodes & retrieving properties
1073 directly from the flattened tree format can be found in the kernel 1072 directly from the flattened tree format can be found in the kernel
1074 file arch/ppc64/kernel/prom.c, look at scan_flat_dt() function, 1073 file arch/ppc64/kernel/prom.c, look at scan_flat_dt() function,
1075 it's usage in early_init_devtree(), and the corresponding various 1074 its usage in early_init_devtree(), and the corresponding various
1076 early_init_dt_scan_*() callbacks. That code can be re-used in a 1075 early_init_dt_scan_*() callbacks. That code can be re-used in a
1077 GPL bootloader, and as the author of that code, I would be happy 1076 GPL bootloader, and as the author of that code, I would be happy
1078 do discuss possible free licencing to any vendor who wishes to 1077 to discuss possible free licencing to any vendor who wishes to
1079 integrate all or part of this code into a non-GPL bootloader. 1078 integrate all or part of this code into a non-GPL bootloader.
1080 1079
1081 1080
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.txt
index 3764dd4b12cb..4530d1bf0286 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.txt
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.txt
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ EEH-isolated, there is a firmware call it can make to determine if
90this is the case. If so, then the device driver should put itself 90this is the case. If so, then the device driver should put itself
91into a consistent state (given that it won't be able to complete any 91into a consistent state (given that it won't be able to complete any
92pending work) and start recovery of the card. Recovery normally 92pending work) and start recovery of the card. Recovery normally
93would consist of reseting the PCI device (holding the PCI #RST 93would consist of resetting the PCI device (holding the PCI #RST
94line high for two seconds), followed by setting up the device 94line high for two seconds), followed by setting up the device
95config space (the base address registers (BAR's), latency timer, 95config space (the base address registers (BAR's), latency timer,
96cache line size, interrupt line, and so on). This is followed by a 96cache line size, interrupt line, and so on). This is followed by a
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ At this time, a generic EEH recovery mechanism has been implemented,
116so that individual device drivers do not need to be modified to support 116so that individual device drivers do not need to be modified to support
117EEH recovery. This generic mechanism piggy-backs on the PCI hotplug 117EEH recovery. This generic mechanism piggy-backs on the PCI hotplug
118infrastructure, and percolates events up through the userspace/udev 118infrastructure, and percolates events up through the userspace/udev
119infrastructure. Followiing is a detailed description of how this is 119infrastructure. Following is a detailed description of how this is
120accomplished. 120accomplished.
121 121
122EEH must be enabled in the PHB's very early during the boot process, 122EEH must be enabled in the PHB's very early during the boot process,
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/hvcs.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/hvcs.txt
index 1e38166f4e54..f93462c5db25 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/hvcs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/hvcs.txt
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ This index of '2' means that in order to connect to vty-server adapter
259 259
260It should be noted that due to the system hotplug I/O capabilities of a 260It should be noted that due to the system hotplug I/O capabilities of a
261system the /dev/hvcs* entry that interacts with a particular vty-server 261system the /dev/hvcs* entry that interacts with a particular vty-server
262adapter is not guarenteed to remain the same across system reboots. Look 262adapter is not guaranteed to remain the same across system reboots. Look
263in the Q & A section for more on this issue. 263in the Q & A section for more on this issue.
264 264
265--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 265---------------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/prio_tree.txt b/Documentation/prio_tree.txt
index 2fbb0c49bc5b..3aa68f9a117b 100644
--- a/Documentation/prio_tree.txt
+++ b/Documentation/prio_tree.txt
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ path which is not desirable. Hence, we do not optimize the height of the
88heap-and-size indexed overflow-sub-trees using prio_tree->index_bits. 88heap-and-size indexed overflow-sub-trees using prio_tree->index_bits.
89Instead the overflow sub-trees are indexed using full BITS_PER_LONG bits 89Instead the overflow sub-trees are indexed using full BITS_PER_LONG bits
90of size_index. This may lead to skewed sub-trees because most of the 90of size_index. This may lead to skewed sub-trees because most of the
91higher significant bits of the size_index are likely to be be 0 (zero). In 91higher significant bits of the size_index are likely to be 0 (zero). In
92the example above, all 3 overflow-sub-trees are skewed. This may marginally 92the example above, all 3 overflow-sub-trees are skewed. This may marginally
93affect the performance. However, processes rarely map many vmas with the 93affect the performance. However, processes rarely map many vmas with the
94same start_vm_pgoff but different end_vm_pgoffs. Therefore, we normally 94same start_vm_pgoff but different end_vm_pgoffs. Therefore, we normally
diff --git a/Documentation/rocket.txt b/Documentation/rocket.txt
index a10678004451..1d8582990435 100644
--- a/Documentation/rocket.txt
+++ b/Documentation/rocket.txt
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ a range of I/O addresses for it to use. The first RocketPort card
97requires a 68-byte contiguous block of I/O addresses, starting at one 97requires a 68-byte contiguous block of I/O addresses, starting at one
98of the following: 0x100h, 0x140h, 0x180h, 0x200h, 0x240h, 0x280h, 98of the following: 0x100h, 0x140h, 0x180h, 0x200h, 0x240h, 0x280h,
990x300h, 0x340h, 0x380h. This I/O address must be reflected in the DIP 990x300h, 0x340h, 0x380h. This I/O address must be reflected in the DIP
100switiches of *all* of the Rocketport cards. 100switches of *all* of the Rocketport cards.
101 101
102The second, third, and fourth RocketPort cards require a 64-byte 102The second, third, and fourth RocketPort cards require a 64-byte
103contiguous block of I/O addresses, starting at one of the following 103contiguous block of I/O addresses, starting at one of the following
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ second, third, and fourth Rocketport cards (if present) are set via
107software control. The DIP switch settings for the I/O address must be 107software control. The DIP switch settings for the I/O address must be
108set to the value of the first Rocketport cards. 108set to the value of the first Rocketport cards.
109 109
110In order to destinguish each of the card from the others, each card 110In order to distinguish each of the card from the others, each card
111must have a unique board ID set on the dip switches. The first 111must have a unique board ID set on the dip switches. The first
112Rocketport board must be set with the DIP switches corresponding to 112Rocketport board must be set with the DIP switches corresponding to
113the first board, the second board must be set with the DIP switches 113the first board, the second board must be set with the DIP switches
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ conflict with any other cards in the system, including other
120RocketPort cards. Below, you will find a list of commonly used I/O 120RocketPort cards. Below, you will find a list of commonly used I/O
121address ranges which may be in use by other devices in your system. 121address ranges which may be in use by other devices in your system.
122On a Linux system, "cat /proc/ioports" will also be helpful in 122On a Linux system, "cat /proc/ioports" will also be helpful in
123identifying what I/O addresses are being used by devics on your 123identifying what I/O addresses are being used by devices on your
124system. 124system.
125 125
126Remember, the FIRST RocketPort uses 68 I/O addresses. So, if you set it 126Remember, the FIRST RocketPort uses 68 I/O addresses. So, if you set it
diff --git a/Documentation/rpc-cache.txt b/Documentation/rpc-cache.txt
index 5f757c8cf979..8a382bea6808 100644
--- a/Documentation/rpc-cache.txt
+++ b/Documentation/rpc-cache.txt
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ The common code handles such things as:
24 - general cache lookup with correct locking 24 - general cache lookup with correct locking
25 - supporting 'NEGATIVE' as well as positive entries 25 - supporting 'NEGATIVE' as well as positive entries
26 - allowing an EXPIRED time on cache items, and removing 26 - allowing an EXPIRED time on cache items, and removing
27 items after they expire, and are no longe in-use. 27 items after they expire, and are no longer in-use.
28 - making requests to user-space to fill in cache entries 28 - making requests to user-space to fill in cache entries
29 - allowing user-space to directly set entries in the cache 29 - allowing user-space to directly set entries in the cache
30 - delaying RPC requests that depend on as-yet incomplete 30 - delaying RPC requests that depend on as-yet incomplete
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ Creating a Cache
53 structure 53 structure
54 void cache_put(struct kref *) 54 void cache_put(struct kref *)
55 This is called when the last reference to an item is 55 This is called when the last reference to an item is
56 is dropped. The pointer passed is to the 'ref' field 56 dropped. The pointer passed is to the 'ref' field
57 in the cache_head. cache_put should release any 57 in the cache_head. cache_put should release any
58 references create by 'cache_init' and, if CACHE_VALID 58 references create by 'cache_init' and, if CACHE_VALID
59 is set, any references created by cache_update. 59 is set, any references created by cache_update.
diff --git a/Documentation/s390/3270.txt b/Documentation/s390/3270.txt
index 0a044e647d2d..7a5c73a7ed7f 100644
--- a/Documentation/s390/3270.txt
+++ b/Documentation/s390/3270.txt
@@ -111,9 +111,7 @@ Here are the installation steps in detail:
111 config3270.sh. Inspect the output script it produces, 111 config3270.sh. Inspect the output script it produces,
112 /tmp/mkdev3270, and then run that script. This will create the 112 /tmp/mkdev3270, and then run that script. This will create the
113 necessary character special device files and make the necessary 113 necessary character special device files and make the necessary
114 changes to /etc/inittab. If you have selected DEVFS, the driver 114 changes to /etc/inittab.
115 itself creates the device files, and /tmp/mkdev3270 only changes
116 /etc/inittab.
117 115
118 Then notify /sbin/init that /etc/inittab has changed, by issuing 116 Then notify /sbin/init that /etc/inittab has changed, by issuing
119 the telinit command with the q operand: 117 the telinit command with the q operand:
diff --git a/Documentation/s390/Debugging390.txt b/Documentation/s390/Debugging390.txt
index 844c03fe7921..4dd25ee549e9 100644
--- a/Documentation/s390/Debugging390.txt
+++ b/Documentation/s390/Debugging390.txt
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
8Overview of Document: 8Overview of Document:
9===================== 9=====================
10This document is intended to give an good overview of how to debug 10This document is intended to give an good overview of how to debug
11Linux for s/390 & z/Architecture it isn't intended as a complete reference & not a 11Linux for s/390 & z/Architecture. It isn't intended as a complete reference & not a
12tutorial on the fundamentals of C & assembly, it dosen't go into 12tutorial on the fundamentals of C & assembly. It doesn't go into
13390 IO in any detail. It is intended to complement the documents in the 13390 IO in any detail. It is intended to complement the documents in the
14reference section below & any other worthwhile references you get. 14reference section below & any other worthwhile references you get.
15 15
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ s/390 z/Architecture
880 0 Reserved ( must be 0 ) otherwise specification exception occurs. 880 0 Reserved ( must be 0 ) otherwise specification exception occurs.
89 89
901 1 Program Event Recording 1 PER enabled, 901 1 Program Event Recording 1 PER enabled,
91 PER is used to facilititate debugging e.g. single stepping. 91 PER is used to facilitate debugging e.g. single stepping.
92 92
932-4 2-4 Reserved ( must be 0 ). 932-4 2-4 Reserved ( must be 0 ).
94 94
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ s/390 z/Architecture
163 1 1 64 bit 163 1 1 64 bit
164 164
16532 1=31 bit addressing mode 0=24 bit addressing mode (for backward 16532 1=31 bit addressing mode 0=24 bit addressing mode (for backward
166 compatibility ), linux always runs with this bit set to 1 166 compatibility), linux always runs with this bit set to 1
167 167
16833-64 Instruction address. 16833-64 Instruction address.
169 33-63 Reserved must be 0 169 33-63 Reserved must be 0
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ Bytes 0-512 ( 200 hex ) on s/390 & 0-512,4096-4544,4604-5119 currently on z/Arch
188are used by the processor itself for holding such information as exception indications & 188are used by the processor itself for holding such information as exception indications &
189entry points for exceptions. 189entry points for exceptions.
190Bytes after 0xc00 hex are used by linux for per processor globals on s/390 & z/Architecture 190Bytes after 0xc00 hex are used by linux for per processor globals on s/390 & z/Architecture
191( there is a gap on z/Architecure too currently between 0xc00 & 1000 which linux uses ). 191( there is a gap on z/Architecture too currently between 0xc00 & 1000 which linux uses ).
192The closest thing to this on traditional architectures is the interrupt 192The closest thing to this on traditional architectures is the interrupt
193vector table. This is a good thing & does simplify some of the kernel coding 193vector table. This is a good thing & does simplify some of the kernel coding
194however it means that we now cannot catch stray NULL pointers in the 194however it means that we now cannot catch stray NULL pointers in the
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ they go to 64 Bit.
239 239
240On 390 our limitations & strengths make us slightly different. 240On 390 our limitations & strengths make us slightly different.
241For backward compatibility we are only allowed use 31 bits (2GB) 241For backward compatibility we are only allowed use 31 bits (2GB)
242of our 32 bit addresses,however, we use entirely separate address 242of our 32 bit addresses, however, we use entirely separate address
243spaces for the user & kernel. 243spaces for the user & kernel.
244 244
245This means we can support 2GB of non Extended RAM on s/390, & more 245This means we can support 2GB of non Extended RAM on s/390, & more
@@ -317,9 +317,9 @@ Each process/thread under Linux for S390 has its own kernel task_struct
317defined in linux/include/linux/sched.h 317defined in linux/include/linux/sched.h
318The S390 on initialisation & resuming of a process on a cpu sets 318The S390 on initialisation & resuming of a process on a cpu sets
319the __LC_KERNEL_STACK variable in the spare prefix area for this cpu 319the __LC_KERNEL_STACK variable in the spare prefix area for this cpu
320( which we use for per processor globals). 320(which we use for per-processor globals).
321 321
322The kernel stack pointer is intimately tied with the task stucture for 322The kernel stack pointer is intimately tied with the task structure for
323each processor as follows. 323each processor as follows.
324 324
325 s/390 325 s/390
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ static inline struct task_struct * get_current(void)
354} 354}
355 355
356i.e. just anding the current kernel stack pointer with the mask -8192. 356i.e. just anding the current kernel stack pointer with the mask -8192.
357Thankfully because Linux dosen't have support for nested IO interrupts 357Thankfully because Linux doesn't have support for nested IO interrupts
358& our devices have large buffers can survive interrupts being shut for 358& our devices have large buffers can survive interrupts being shut for
359short amounts of time we don't need a separate stack for interrupts. 359short amounts of time we don't need a separate stack for interrupts.
360 360
@@ -366,8 +366,8 @@ Register Usage & Stackframes on Linux for s/390 & z/Architecture
366Overview: 366Overview:
367--------- 367---------
368This is the code that gcc produces at the top & the bottom of 368This is the code that gcc produces at the top & the bottom of
369each function, it usually is fairly consistent & similar from 369each function. It usually is fairly consistent & similar from
370function to function & if you know its layout you can probalby 370function to function & if you know its layout you can probably
371make some headway in finding the ultimate cause of a problem 371make some headway in finding the ultimate cause of a problem
372after a crash without a source level debugger. 372after a crash without a source level debugger.
373 373
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ i.e they aren't in registers & they aren't static.
394back-chain: 394back-chain:
395This is a pointer to the stack pointer before entering a 395This is a pointer to the stack pointer before entering a
396framed functions ( see frameless function ) prologue got by 396framed functions ( see frameless function ) prologue got by
397deferencing the address of the current stack pointer, 397dereferencing the address of the current stack pointer,
398 i.e. got by accessing the 32 bit value at the stack pointers 398 i.e. got by accessing the 32 bit value at the stack pointers
399current location. 399current location.
400 400
@@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ This is useful for debugging because
7241) You can double check whether the files you expect to be included are the ones 7241) You can double check whether the files you expect to be included are the ones
725that are being included ( e.g. double check that you aren't going to the i386 asm directory ). 725that are being included ( e.g. double check that you aren't going to the i386 asm directory ).
7262) Check that macro definitions aren't clashing with typedefs, 7262) Check that macro definitions aren't clashing with typedefs,
7273) Check that definitons aren't being used before they are being included. 7273) Check that definitions aren't being used before they are being included.
7284) Helps put the line emitting the error under the microscope if it contains macros. 7284) Helps put the line emitting the error under the microscope if it contains macros.
729 729
730For convenience the Linux kernel's makefile will do preprocessing automatically for you 730For convenience the Linux kernel's makefile will do preprocessing automatically for you
@@ -840,12 +840,11 @@ using the strip command to make it a more reasonable size to boot it.
840 840
841A source/assembly mixed dump of the kernel can be done with the line 841A source/assembly mixed dump of the kernel can be done with the line
842objdump --source vmlinux > vmlinux.lst 842objdump --source vmlinux > vmlinux.lst
843Also if the file isn't compiled -g this will output as much debugging information 843Also, if the file isn't compiled -g, this will output as much debugging information
844as it can ( e.g. function names ), however, this is very slow as it spends lots 844as it can (e.g. function names). This is very slow as it spends lots
845of time searching for debugging info, the following self explanitory line should be used 845of time searching for debugging info. The following self explanatory line should be used
846instead if the code isn't compiled -g. 846instead if the code isn't compiled -g, as it is much faster:
847objdump --disassemble-all --syms vmlinux > vmlinux.lst 847objdump --disassemble-all --syms vmlinux > vmlinux.lst
848as it is much faster
849 848
850As hard drive space is valuble most of us use the following approach. 849As hard drive space is valuble most of us use the following approach.
8511) Look at the emitted psw on the console to find the crash address in the kernel. 8501) Look at the emitted psw on the console to find the crash address in the kernel.
@@ -861,7 +860,7 @@ Linux source tree.
8616) rm /arch/s390/kernel/signal.o 8606) rm /arch/s390/kernel/signal.o
8627) make /arch/s390/kernel/signal.o 8617) make /arch/s390/kernel/signal.o
8638) watch the gcc command line emitted 8628) watch the gcc command line emitted
8649) type it in again or alernatively cut & paste it on the console adding the -g option. 8639) type it in again or alternatively cut & paste it on the console adding the -g option.
86510) objdump --source arch/s390/kernel/signal.o > signal.lst 86410) objdump --source arch/s390/kernel/signal.o > signal.lst
866This will output the source & the assembly intermixed, as the snippet below shows 865This will output the source & the assembly intermixed, as the snippet below shows
867This will unfortunately output addresses which aren't the same 866This will unfortunately output addresses which aren't the same
@@ -913,8 +912,8 @@ If you wanted to know does ping work but didn't have the source
913strace ping -c 1 127.0.0.1 912strace ping -c 1 127.0.0.1
914& then look at the man pages for each of the syscalls below, 913& then look at the man pages for each of the syscalls below,
915( In fact this is sometimes easier than looking at some spagetti 914( In fact this is sometimes easier than looking at some spagetti
916source which conditionally compiles for several architectures ) 915source which conditionally compiles for several architectures ).
917Not everything that it throws out needs to make sense immeadiately 916Not everything that it throws out needs to make sense immediately.
918 917
919Just looking quickly you can see that it is making up a RAW socket 918Just looking quickly you can see that it is making up a RAW socket
920for the ICMP protocol. 919for the ICMP protocol.
@@ -974,8 +973,9 @@ through the pipe for each line containing the string open.
974 973
975Example 3 974Example 3
976--------- 975---------
977Getting sophistocated 976Getting sophisticated
978telnetd crashes on & I don't know why 977telnetd crashes & I don't know why
978
979Steps 979Steps
980----- 980-----
9811) Replace the following line in /etc/inetd.conf 9811) Replace the following line in /etc/inetd.conf
@@ -1085,8 +1085,7 @@ Notes
1085----- 1085-----
1086Addresses & values in the VM debugger are always hex never decimal 1086Addresses & values in the VM debugger are always hex never decimal
1087Address ranges are of the format <HexValue1>-<HexValue2> or <HexValue1>.<HexValue2> 1087Address ranges are of the format <HexValue1>-<HexValue2> or <HexValue1>.<HexValue2>
1088e.g. The address range 0x2000 to 0x3000 can be described described as 1088e.g. The address range 0x2000 to 0x3000 can be described as 2000-3000 or 2000.1000
10892000-3000 or 2000.1000
1090 1089
1091The VM Debugger is case insensitive. 1090The VM Debugger is case insensitive.
1092 1091
@@ -1311,7 +1310,7 @@ for finding out when a particular variable changes.
1311 1310
1312An alternative way of finding the STD of a currently running process 1311An alternative way of finding the STD of a currently running process
1313is to do the following, ( this method is more complex but 1312is to do the following, ( this method is more complex but
1314could be quite convient if you aren't updating the kernel much & 1313could be quite convenient if you aren't updating the kernel much &
1315so your kernel structures will stay constant for a reasonable period of 1314so your kernel structures will stay constant for a reasonable period of
1316time ). 1315time ).
1317 1316
@@ -1413,7 +1412,7 @@ SMP Specific commands
1413To find out how many cpus you have 1412To find out how many cpus you have
1414Q CPUS displays all the CPU's available to your virtual machine 1413Q CPUS displays all the CPU's available to your virtual machine
1415To find the cpu that the current cpu VM debugger commands are being directed at do 1414To find the cpu that the current cpu VM debugger commands are being directed at do
1416Q CPU to change the current cpu cpu VM debugger commands are being directed at do 1415Q CPU to change the current cpu VM debugger commands are being directed at do
1417CPU <desired cpu no> 1416CPU <desired cpu no>
1418 1417
1419On a SMP guest issue a command to all CPUs try prefixing the command with cpu all. 1418On a SMP guest issue a command to all CPUs try prefixing the command with cpu all.
@@ -1674,8 +1673,8 @@ channel is idle & the second for device end ( secondary status ) sometimes you g
1674concurrently, you check how the IO went on by issuing a TEST SUBCHANNEL at each interrupt, 1673concurrently, you check how the IO went on by issuing a TEST SUBCHANNEL at each interrupt,
1675from which you receive an Interruption response block (IRB). If you get channel & device end 1674from which you receive an Interruption response block (IRB). If you get channel & device end
1676status in the IRB without channel checks etc. your IO probably went okay. If you didn't you 1675status in the IRB without channel checks etc. your IO probably went okay. If you didn't you
1677probably need a doctorto examine the IRB & extended status word etc. 1676probably need a doctor to examine the IRB & extended status word etc.
1678If an error occurs more sophistocated control units have a facitity known as 1677If an error occurs, more sophistocated control units have a facitity known as
1679concurrent sense this means that if an error occurs Extended sense information will 1678concurrent sense this means that if an error occurs Extended sense information will
1680be presented in the Extended status word in the IRB if not you have to issue a 1679be presented in the Extended status word in the IRB if not you have to issue a
1681subsequent SENSE CCW command after the test subchannel. 1680subsequent SENSE CCW command after the test subchannel.
@@ -1704,7 +1703,7 @@ concentrate on data processing.
1704IOP's can use one or more links ( known as channel paths ) to talk to each 1703IOP's can use one or more links ( known as channel paths ) to talk to each
1705IO device. It first checks for path availability & chooses an available one, 1704IO device. It first checks for path availability & chooses an available one,
1706then starts ( & sometimes terminates IO ). 1705then starts ( & sometimes terminates IO ).
1707There are two types of channel path ESCON & the Paralell IO interface. 1706There are two types of channel path: ESCON & the Parallel IO interface.
1708 1707
1709IO devices are attached to control units, control units provide the 1708IO devices are attached to control units, control units provide the
1710logic to interface the channel paths & channel path IO protocols to 1709logic to interface the channel paths & channel path IO protocols to
@@ -1743,11 +1742,11 @@ controllers or a control unit which connects to 1000 3270 terminals ).
1743 1742
1744The 390 IO systems come in 2 flavours the current 390 machines support both 1743The 390 IO systems come in 2 flavours the current 390 machines support both
1745 1744
1746The Older 360 & 370 Interface,sometimes called the paralell I/O interface, 1745The Older 360 & 370 Interface,sometimes called the Parallel I/O interface,
1747sometimes called Bus-and Tag & sometimes Original Equipment Manufacturers 1746sometimes called Bus-and Tag & sometimes Original Equipment Manufacturers
1748Interface (OEMI). 1747Interface (OEMI).
1749 1748
1750This byte wide paralell channel path/bus has parity & data on the "Bus" cable 1749This byte wide Parallel channel path/bus has parity & data on the "Bus" cable
1751& control lines on the "Tag" cable. These can operate in byte multiplex mode for 1750& control lines on the "Tag" cable. These can operate in byte multiplex mode for
1752sharing between several slow devices or burst mode & monopolize the channel for the 1751sharing between several slow devices or burst mode & monopolize the channel for the
1753whole burst. Upto 256 devices can be addressed on one of these cables. These cables are 1752whole burst. Upto 256 devices can be addressed on one of these cables. These cables are
@@ -1777,7 +1776,7 @@ Consoles 3270 & 3215 ( a teletype emulated under linux for a line mode console )
1777DASD's direct access storage devices ( otherwise known as hard disks ). 1776DASD's direct access storage devices ( otherwise known as hard disks ).
1778Tape Drives. 1777Tape Drives.
1779CTC ( Channel to Channel Adapters ), 1778CTC ( Channel to Channel Adapters ),
1780ESCON or Paralell Cables used as a very high speed serial link 1779ESCON or Parallel Cables used as a very high speed serial link
1781between 2 machines. We use 2 cables under linux to do a bi-directional serial link. 1780between 2 machines. We use 2 cables under linux to do a bi-directional serial link.
1782 1781
1783 1782
@@ -1803,8 +1802,8 @@ OSA 7C09 ON OSA 7C09 SUBCHANNEL = 0001
1803OSA 7C14 ON OSA 7C14 SUBCHANNEL = 0002 1802OSA 7C14 ON OSA 7C14 SUBCHANNEL = 0002
1804OSA 7C15 ON OSA 7C15 SUBCHANNEL = 0003 1803OSA 7C15 ON OSA 7C15 SUBCHANNEL = 0003
1805 1804
1806If you have a guest with certain priviliges you may be able to see devices 1805If you have a guest with certain privileges you may be able to see devices
1807which don't belong to you to avoid this do add the option V. 1806which don't belong to you. To avoid this, add the option V.
1808e.g. 1807e.g.
1809Q V OSA 1808Q V OSA
1810 1809
@@ -1837,7 +1836,7 @@ RDRLIST
1837RECEIVE / LOG TXT A1 ( replace 1836RECEIVE / LOG TXT A1 ( replace
18388) 18378)
1839filel & press F11 to look at it 1838filel & press F11 to look at it
1840You should see someting like. 1839You should see something like:
1841 1840
184200020942' SSCH B2334000 0048813C CC 0 SCH 0000 DEV 7C08 184100020942' SSCH B2334000 0048813C CC 0 SCH 0000 DEV 7C08
1843 CPA 000FFDF0 PARM 00E2C9C4 KEY 0 FPI C0 LPM 80 1842 CPA 000FFDF0 PARM 00E2C9C4 KEY 0 FPI C0 LPM 80
@@ -1916,7 +1915,7 @@ Assembly
1916-------- 1915--------
1917info registers: displays registers other than floating point. 1916info registers: displays registers other than floating point.
1918info all-registers: displays floating points as well. 1917info all-registers: displays floating points as well.
1919disassemble: dissassembles 1918disassemble: disassembles
1920e.g. 1919e.g.
1921disassemble without parameters will disassemble the current function 1920disassemble without parameters will disassemble the current function
1922disassemble $pc $pc+10 1921disassemble $pc $pc+10
@@ -1935,7 +1934,7 @@ undisplay : undo's display's
1935 1934
1936info breakpoints: shows all current breakpoints 1935info breakpoints: shows all current breakpoints
1937 1936
1938info stack: shows stack back trace ( if this dosent work too well, I'll show you the 1937info stack: shows stack back trace ( if this doesn't work too well, I'll show you the
1939stacktrace by hand below ). 1938stacktrace by hand below ).
1940 1939
1941info locals: displays local variables. 1940info locals: displays local variables.
@@ -2045,13 +2044,13 @@ what gdb does when the victim receives certain signals.
2045list: 2044list:
2046e.g. 2045e.g.
2047list lists current function source 2046list lists current function source
2048list 1,10 list first 10 lines of curret file. 2047list 1,10 list first 10 lines of current file.
2049list test.c:1,10 2048list test.c:1,10
2050 2049
2051 2050
2052directory: 2051directory:
2053Adds directories to be searched for source if gdb cannot find the source. 2052Adds directories to be searched for source if gdb cannot find the source.
2054(note it is a bit sensititive about slashes ) 2053(note it is a bit sensititive about slashes)
2055e.g. To add the root of the filesystem to the searchpath do 2054e.g. To add the root of the filesystem to the searchpath do
2056directory // 2055directory //
2057 2056
@@ -2123,9 +2122,9 @@ p/x (*(**$sp+56))&0x7fffffff
2123 2122
2124Disassembling instructions without debug info 2123Disassembling instructions without debug info
2125--------------------------------------------- 2124---------------------------------------------
2126gdb typically compains if there is a lack of debugging 2125gdb typically complains if there is a lack of debugging
2127symbols in the disassemble command with 2126symbols in the disassemble command with
2128"No function contains specified address." to get around 2127"No function contains specified address." To get around
2129this do 2128this do
2130x/<number lines to disassemble>xi <address> 2129x/<number lines to disassemble>xi <address>
2131e.g. 2130e.g.
@@ -2184,7 +2183,7 @@ ps -aux | grep gdb
2184kill -SIGSEGV <gdb's pid> 2183kill -SIGSEGV <gdb's pid>
2185or alternatively use killall -SIGSEGV gdb if you have the killall command. 2184or alternatively use killall -SIGSEGV gdb if you have the killall command.
2186Now look at the core dump. 2185Now look at the core dump.
2187./gdb ./gdb core 2186./gdb core
2188Displays the following 2187Displays the following
2189GNU gdb 4.18 2188GNU gdb 4.18
2190Copyright 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 2189Copyright 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@@ -2316,7 +2315,7 @@ Showing us the shared libraries init uses where they are in memory
2316/proc/1/mem is the current running processes memory which you 2315/proc/1/mem is the current running processes memory which you
2317can read & write to like a file. 2316can read & write to like a file.
2318strace uses this sometimes as it is a bit faster than the 2317strace uses this sometimes as it is a bit faster than the
2319rather inefficent ptrace interface for peeking at DATA. 2318rather inefficient ptrace interface for peeking at DATA.
2320 2319
2321 2320
2322cat status 2321cat status
@@ -2446,7 +2445,7 @@ displays the following lines as it executes them.
2446+ RELSTATUS=release 2445+ RELSTATUS=release
2447+ MACHTYPE=i586-pc-linux-gnu 2446+ MACHTYPE=i586-pc-linux-gnu
2448 2447
2449perl -d <scriptname> runs the perlscript in a fully intercative debugger 2448perl -d <scriptname> runs the perlscript in a fully interactive debugger
2450<like gdb>. 2449<like gdb>.
2451Type 'h' in the debugger for help. 2450Type 'h' in the debugger for help.
2452 2451
@@ -2477,7 +2476,7 @@ Lcrash is a perfectly normal program,however, it requires 2
2477additional files, Kerntypes which is built using a patch to the 2476additional files, Kerntypes which is built using a patch to the
2478linux kernel sources in the linux root directory & the System.map. 2477linux kernel sources in the linux root directory & the System.map.
2479 2478
2480Kerntypes is an an objectfile whose sole purpose in life 2479Kerntypes is an objectfile whose sole purpose in life
2481is to provide stabs debug info to lcrash, to do this 2480is to provide stabs debug info to lcrash, to do this
2482Kerntypes is built from kerntypes.c which just includes the most commonly 2481Kerntypes is built from kerntypes.c which just includes the most commonly
2483referenced header files used when debugging, lcrash can then read the 2482referenced header files used when debugging, lcrash can then read the
diff --git a/Documentation/s390/cds.txt b/Documentation/s390/cds.txt
index f0be389c7116..d80e5733827d 100644
--- a/Documentation/s390/cds.txt
+++ b/Documentation/s390/cds.txt
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ determine the device driver owning the device that raised the interrupt.
133In order not to introduce a new I/O concept to the common Linux code, 133In order not to introduce a new I/O concept to the common Linux code,
134Linux/390 preserves the IRQ concept and semantically maps the ESA/390 134Linux/390 preserves the IRQ concept and semantically maps the ESA/390
135subchannels to Linux as IRQs. This allows Linux/390 to support up to 64k 135subchannels to Linux as IRQs. This allows Linux/390 to support up to 64k
136different IRQs, uniquely representig a single device each. 136different IRQs, uniquely representing a single device each.
137 137
138Up to kernel 2.4, Linux/390 used to provide interfaces via the IRQ (subchannel). 138Up to kernel 2.4, Linux/390 used to provide interfaces via the IRQ (subchannel).
139For internal use of the common I/O layer, these are still there. However, 139For internal use of the common I/O layer, these are still there. However,
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ During its startup the Linux/390 system checks for peripheral devices. Each
143of those devices is uniquely defined by a so called subchannel by the ESA/390 143of those devices is uniquely defined by a so called subchannel by the ESA/390
144channel subsystem. While the subchannel numbers are system generated, each 144channel subsystem. While the subchannel numbers are system generated, each
145subchannel also takes a user defined attribute, the so called device number. 145subchannel also takes a user defined attribute, the so called device number.
146Both subchannel number and device number can not exceed 65535. During driverfs 146Both subchannel number and device number cannot exceed 65535. During driverfs
147initialisation, the information about control unit type and device types that 147initialisation, the information about control unit type and device types that
148imply specific I/O commands (channel command words - CCWs) in order to operate 148imply specific I/O commands (channel command words - CCWs) in order to operate
149the device are gathered. Device drivers can retrieve this set of hardware 149the device are gathered. Device drivers can retrieve this set of hardware
@@ -177,11 +177,11 @@ This routine returns the characteristics for the device specified.
177The function is meant to be called with an irq handler in place; that is, 177The function is meant to be called with an irq handler in place; that is,
178at earliest during set_online() processing. 178at earliest during set_online() processing.
179 179
180While the request is procesed synchronously, the device interrupt 180While the request is processed synchronously, the device interrupt
181handler is called for final ending status. In case of error situations the 181handler is called for final ending status. In case of error situations the
182interrupt handler may recover appropriately. The device irq handler can 182interrupt handler may recover appropriately. The device irq handler can
183recognize the corresponding interrupts by the interruption parameter be 183recognize the corresponding interrupts by the interruption parameter be
1840x00524443.The ccw_device must not be locked prior to calling read_dev_chars(). 1840x00524443. The ccw_device must not be locked prior to calling read_dev_chars().
185 185
186The function may be called enabled or disabled. 186The function may be called enabled or disabled.
187 187
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ with the following CCW flags values defined :
325 325
326CCW_FLAG_DC - data chaining 326CCW_FLAG_DC - data chaining
327CCW_FLAG_CC - command chaining 327CCW_FLAG_CC - command chaining
328CCW_FLAG_SLI - suppress incorrct length 328CCW_FLAG_SLI - suppress incorrect length
329CCW_FLAG_SKIP - skip 329CCW_FLAG_SKIP - skip
330CCW_FLAG_PCI - PCI 330CCW_FLAG_PCI - PCI
331CCW_FLAG_IDA - indirect addressing 331CCW_FLAG_IDA - indirect addressing
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ The ccw_device_start() function returns :
348 not online. 348 not online.
349 349
350When the I/O request completes, the CDS first level interrupt handler will 350When the I/O request completes, the CDS first level interrupt handler will
351accumalate the status in a struct irb and then call the device interrupt handler. 351accumulate the status in a struct irb and then call the device interrupt handler.
352The intparm field will contain the value the device driver has associated with a 352The intparm field will contain the value the device driver has associated with a
353particular I/O request. If a pending device status was recognized, 353particular I/O request. If a pending device status was recognized,
354intparm will be set to 0 (zero). This may happen during I/O initiation or delayed 354intparm will be set to 0 (zero). This may happen during I/O initiation or delayed
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ puts the CPU into I/O disabled state by preserving the current PSW flags.
433 433
434The device driver is allowed to issue the next ccw_device_start() call from 434The device driver is allowed to issue the next ccw_device_start() call from
435within its interrupt handler already. It is not required to schedule a 435within its interrupt handler already. It is not required to schedule a
436bottom-half, unless an non deterministicly long running error recovery procedure 436bottom-half, unless an non deterministically long running error recovery procedure
437or similar needs to be scheduled. During I/O processing the Linux/390 generic 437or similar needs to be scheduled. During I/O processing the Linux/390 generic
438I/O device driver support has already obtained the IRQ lock, i.e. the handler 438I/O device driver support has already obtained the IRQ lock, i.e. the handler
439must not try to obtain it again when calling ccw_device_start() or we end in a 439must not try to obtain it again when calling ccw_device_start() or we end in a
diff --git a/Documentation/s390/crypto/crypto-API.txt b/Documentation/s390/crypto/crypto-API.txt
index 78a77624a716..29dee792c887 100644
--- a/Documentation/s390/crypto/crypto-API.txt
+++ b/Documentation/s390/crypto/crypto-API.txt
@@ -61,9 +61,9 @@ Example: z990 crypto instruction for SHA1 algorithm is available
61 -> when the sha1 algorithm is requested through the crypto API 61 -> when the sha1 algorithm is requested through the crypto API
62 (which has a module autoloader) the z990 module will be loaded. 62 (which has a module autoloader) the z990 module will be loaded.
63 63
64TBD: a userspace module probin mechanism 64TBD: a userspace module probing mechanism
65 something like 'probe sha1 sha1_z990 sha1' in modprobe.conf 65 something like 'probe sha1 sha1_z990 sha1' in modprobe.conf
66 -> try module sha1_z990, if it fails to load load standard module sha1 66 -> try module sha1_z990, if it fails to load standard module sha1
67 the 'probe' statement is currently not supported in modprobe.conf 67 the 'probe' statement is currently not supported in modprobe.conf
68 68
69 69
diff --git a/Documentation/s390/driver-model.txt b/Documentation/s390/driver-model.txt
index efb674eda4d4..62c082387aea 100644
--- a/Documentation/s390/driver-model.txt
+++ b/Documentation/s390/driver-model.txt
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ notify: This function is called by the common I/O layer for some state changes
157 * In online state, device detached (CIO_GONE) or last path gone 157 * In online state, device detached (CIO_GONE) or last path gone
158 (CIO_NO_PATH). The driver must return !0 to keep the device; for 158 (CIO_NO_PATH). The driver must return !0 to keep the device; for
159 return code 0, the device will be deleted as usual (also when no 159 return code 0, the device will be deleted as usual (also when no
160 notify function is registerd). If the driver wants to keep the 160 notify function is registered). If the driver wants to keep the
161 device, it is moved into disconnected state. 161 device, it is moved into disconnected state.
162 * In disconnected state, device operational again (CIO_OPER). The 162 * In disconnected state, device operational again (CIO_OPER). The
163 common I/O layer performs some sanity checks on device number and 163 common I/O layer performs some sanity checks on device number and
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ attribute 'online' which can be 0 or 1.
262----------- 262-----------
263 263
264The netiucv driver creates an attribute 'connection' under 264The netiucv driver creates an attribute 'connection' under
265bus/iucv/drivers/netiucv. Piping to this attibute creates a new netiucv 265bus/iucv/drivers/netiucv. Piping to this attribute creates a new netiucv
266connection to the specified host. 266connection to the specified host.
267 267
268Netiucv connections show up under devices/iucv/ as "netiucv<ifnum>". The interface 268Netiucv connections show up under devices/iucv/ as "netiucv<ifnum>". The interface
diff --git a/Documentation/s390/monreader.txt b/Documentation/s390/monreader.txt
index d843bb04906e..beeaa4b24427 100644
--- a/Documentation/s390/monreader.txt
+++ b/Documentation/s390/monreader.txt
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ This loads the module and sets the DCSS name to "MYDCSS".
83 83
84NOTE: 84NOTE:
85----- 85-----
86This API provides no interface to control the *MONITOR service, e.g. specifiy 86This API provides no interface to control the *MONITOR service, e.g. specify
87which data should be collected. This can be done by the CP command MONITOR 87which data should be collected. This can be done by the CP command MONITOR
88(Class E privileged), see "CP Command and Utility Reference". 88(Class E privileged), see "CP Command and Utility Reference".
89 89
diff --git a/Documentation/s390/s390dbf.txt b/Documentation/s390/s390dbf.txt
index e321a8ed2a2d..000230cd26db 100644
--- a/Documentation/s390/s390dbf.txt
+++ b/Documentation/s390/s390dbf.txt
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ where log records can be stored efficiently in memory, where each component
11(e.g. device drivers) can have one separate debug log. 11(e.g. device drivers) can have one separate debug log.
12One purpose of this is to inspect the debug logs after a production system crash 12One purpose of this is to inspect the debug logs after a production system crash
13in order to analyze the reason for the crash. 13in order to analyze the reason for the crash.
14If the system still runs but only a subcomponent which uses dbf failes, 14If the system still runs but only a subcomponent which uses dbf fails,
15it is possible to look at the debug logs on a live system via the Linux 15it is possible to look at the debug logs on a live system via the Linux
16debugfs filesystem. 16debugfs filesystem.
17The debug feature may also very useful for kernel and driver development. 17The debug feature may also very useful for kernel and driver development.
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ Predefined views for hex/ascii, sprintf and raw binary data are provided.
65It is also possible to define other views. The content of 65It is also possible to define other views. The content of
66a view can be inspected simply by reading the corresponding debugfs file. 66a view can be inspected simply by reading the corresponding debugfs file.
67 67
68All debug logs have an an actual debug level (range from 0 to 6). 68All debug logs have an actual debug level (range from 0 to 6).
69The default level is 3. Event and Exception functions have a 'level' 69The default level is 3. Event and Exception functions have a 'level'
70parameter. Only debug entries with a level that is lower or equal 70parameter. Only debug entries with a level that is lower or equal
71than the actual level are written to the log. This means, when 71than the actual level are written to the log. This means, when
@@ -83,8 +83,8 @@ Example:
83It is also possible to deactivate the debug feature globally for every 83It is also possible to deactivate the debug feature globally for every
84debug log. You can change the behavior using 2 sysctl parameters in 84debug log. You can change the behavior using 2 sysctl parameters in
85/proc/sys/s390dbf: 85/proc/sys/s390dbf:
86There are currently 2 possible triggers, which stop the debug feature 86There are currently 2 possible triggers, which stop the debug feature
87globally. The first possbility is to use the "debug_active" sysctl. If 87globally. The first possibility is to use the "debug_active" sysctl. If
88set to 1 the debug feature is running. If "debug_active" is set to 0 the 88set to 1 the debug feature is running. If "debug_active" is set to 0 the
89debug feature is turned off. 89debug feature is turned off.
90The second trigger which stops the debug feature is an kernel oops. 90The second trigger which stops the debug feature is an kernel oops.
@@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ The hex_ascii view shows the data field in hex and ascii representation
468The raw view returns a bytestream as the debug areas are stored in memory. 468The raw view returns a bytestream as the debug areas are stored in memory.
469 469
470The sprintf view formats the debug entries in the same way as the sprintf 470The sprintf view formats the debug entries in the same way as the sprintf
471function would do. The sprintf event/expection functions write to the 471function would do. The sprintf event/exception functions write to the
472debug entry a pointer to the format string (size = sizeof(long)) 472debug entry a pointer to the format string (size = sizeof(long))
473and for each vararg a long value. So e.g. for a debug entry with a format 473and for each vararg a long value. So e.g. for a debug entry with a format
474string plus two varargs one would need to allocate a (3 * sizeof(long)) 474string plus two varargs one would need to allocate a (3 * sizeof(long))
@@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ The input_proc can be used to implement functionality when it is written to
556the view (e.g. like with 'echo "0" > /sys/kernel/debug/s390dbf/dasd/level). 556the view (e.g. like with 'echo "0" > /sys/kernel/debug/s390dbf/dasd/level).
557 557
558For header_proc there can be used the default function 558For header_proc there can be used the default function
559debug_dflt_header_fn() which is defined in in debug.h. 559debug_dflt_header_fn() which is defined in debug.h.
560and which produces the same header output as the predefined views. 560and which produces the same header output as the predefined views.
561E.g: 561E.g:
56200 00964419409:440761 2 - 00 88023ec 56200 00964419409:440761 2 - 00 88023ec
diff --git a/Documentation/sched-coding.txt b/Documentation/sched-coding.txt
index 2b75ef67c9fe..cbd8db752acf 100644
--- a/Documentation/sched-coding.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sched-coding.txt
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Main Scheduling Methods
15void load_balance(runqueue_t *this_rq, int idle) 15void load_balance(runqueue_t *this_rq, int idle)
16 Attempts to pull tasks from one cpu to another to balance cpu usage, 16 Attempts to pull tasks from one cpu to another to balance cpu usage,
17 if needed. This method is called explicitly if the runqueues are 17 if needed. This method is called explicitly if the runqueues are
18 inbalanced or periodically by the timer tick. Prior to calling, 18 imbalanced or periodically by the timer tick. Prior to calling,
19 the current runqueue must be locked and interrupts disabled. 19 the current runqueue must be locked and interrupts disabled.
20 20
21void schedule() 21void schedule()
diff --git a/Documentation/sched-design.txt b/Documentation/sched-design.txt
index 9d04e7bbf45f..1605bf0cba8b 100644
--- a/Documentation/sched-design.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sched-design.txt
@@ -93,9 +93,9 @@ and the goal is also to add a few new things:
93Design 93Design
94====== 94======
95 95
96the core of the new scheduler are the following mechanizms: 96The core of the new scheduler contains the following mechanisms:
97 97
98 - *two*, priority-ordered 'priority arrays' per CPU. There is an 'active' 98 - *two* priority-ordered 'priority arrays' per CPU. There is an 'active'
99 array and an 'expired' array. The active array contains all tasks that 99 array and an 'expired' array. The active array contains all tasks that
100 are affine to this CPU and have timeslices left. The expired array 100 are affine to this CPU and have timeslices left. The expired array
101 contains all tasks which have used up their timeslices - but this array 101 contains all tasks which have used up their timeslices - but this array
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.1992-1997 b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.1992-1997
index dc88ee2ab73d..6faad7e6417c 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.1992-1997
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.1992-1997
@@ -1214,7 +1214,7 @@ Thu Jul 21 10:37:39 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@esp22)
1214 1214
1215 * sr.c(sr_open): Do not allow opens with write access. 1215 * sr.c(sr_open): Do not allow opens with write access.
1216 1216
1217Mon Jul 18 09:51:22 1994 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@esp22) 1217Mon Jul 18 09:51:22 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@esp22)
1218 1218
1219 * Linux 1.1.31 released. 1219 * Linux 1.1.31 released.
1220 1220
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/NinjaSCSI.txt b/Documentation/scsi/NinjaSCSI.txt
index 041780f428ac..3229b64cf24e 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/NinjaSCSI.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/NinjaSCSI.txt
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ SCSI device: I-O data CDPS-PX24 (CD-ROM drive)
24 You can also use "cardctl" program (this program is in pcmcia-cs source 24 You can also use "cardctl" program (this program is in pcmcia-cs source
25 code) to get more info. 25 code) to get more info.
26 26
27# cat /var/log/messgaes 27# cat /var/log/messages
28... 28...
29Jan 2 03:45:06 lindberg cardmgr[78]: unsupported card in socket 1 29Jan 2 03:45:06 lindberg cardmgr[78]: unsupported card in socket 1
30Jan 2 03:45:06 lindberg cardmgr[78]: product info: "WBT", "NinjaSCSI-3", "R1.0" 30Jan 2 03:45:06 lindberg cardmgr[78]: product info: "WBT", "NinjaSCSI-3", "R1.0"
@@ -36,18 +36,18 @@ Socket 1:
36 product info: "IO DATA", "CBSC16 ", "1" 36 product info: "IO DATA", "CBSC16 ", "1"
37 37
38 38
39[2] Get Linux kernel source, and extract it to /usr/src. 39[2] Get the Linux kernel source, and extract it to /usr/src.
40 Because NinjaSCSI driver requiers some SCSI header files in Linux kernel 40 Because the NinjaSCSI driver requires some SCSI header files in Linux
41 source. 41 kernel source, I recommend rebuilding your kernel; this eliminates
42 I recomend rebuilding your kernel. This eliminate some versioning problem. 42 some versioning problems.
43$ cd /usr/src 43$ cd /usr/src
44$ tar -zxvf linux-x.x.x.tar.gz 44$ tar -zxvf linux-x.x.x.tar.gz
45$ cd linux 45$ cd linux
46$ make config 46$ make config
47... 47...
48 48
49[3] If you use this driver with Kernel 2.2, Unpack pcmcia-cs in some directory 49[3] If you use this driver with Kernel 2.2, unpack pcmcia-cs in some directory
50 and make & install. This driver requies pcmcia-cs header file. 50 and make & install. This driver requires the pcmcia-cs header file.
51$ cd /usr/src 51$ cd /usr/src
52$ tar zxvf cs-pcmcia-cs-3.x.x.tar.gz 52$ tar zxvf cs-pcmcia-cs-3.x.x.tar.gz
53... 53...
@@ -59,10 +59,10 @@ $ emacs Makefile
59... 59...
60$ make 60$ make
61 61
62[5] Copy nsp_cs.o to suitable plase, like /lib/modules/<Kernel version>/pcmcia/ . 62[5] Copy nsp_cs.ko to suitable place, like /lib/modules/<Kernel version>/pcmcia/ .
63 63
64[6] Add these lines to /etc/pcmcia/config . 64[6] Add these lines to /etc/pcmcia/config .
65 If you yse pcmcia-cs-3.1.8 or later, we can use "nsp_cs.conf" file. 65 If you use pcmcia-cs-3.1.8 or later, we can use "nsp_cs.conf" file.
66 So, you don't need to edit file. Just copy to /etc/pcmcia/ . 66 So, you don't need to edit file. Just copy to /etc/pcmcia/ .
67 67
68------------------------------------- 68-------------------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/aacraid.txt b/Documentation/scsi/aacraid.txt
index ee03678c8029..3367130e64f6 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/aacraid.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/aacraid.txt
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Introduction
4------------------------- 4-------------------------
5The aacraid driver adds support for Adaptec (http://www.adaptec.com) 5The aacraid driver adds support for Adaptec (http://www.adaptec.com)
6RAID controllers. This is a major rewrite from the original 6RAID controllers. This is a major rewrite from the original
7Adaptec supplied driver. It has signficantly cleaned up both the code 7Adaptec supplied driver. It has significantly cleaned up both the code
8and the running binary size (the module is less than half the size of 8and the running binary size (the module is less than half the size of
9the original). 9the original).
10 10
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/aic79xx.txt b/Documentation/scsi/aic79xx.txt
index 382b439b439e..904d49e90ef2 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/aic79xx.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/aic79xx.txt
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ The following information is available in this file:
81 an SDTR with an offset of 0 to be sure the target 81 an SDTR with an offset of 0 to be sure the target
82 knows we are async. This works around a firmware defect 82 knows we are async. This works around a firmware defect
83 in the Quantum Atlas 10K. 83 in the Quantum Atlas 10K.
84 - Implement controller susupend and resume. 84 - Implement controller suspend and resume.
85 - Clear PCI error state during driver attach so that we 85 - Clear PCI error state during driver attach so that we
86 don't disable memory mapped I/O due to a stray write 86 don't disable memory mapped I/O due to a stray write
87 by some other driver probe that occurred before we 87 by some other driver probe that occurred before we
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ The following information is available in this file:
94 - Add support for scsi_report_device_reset() found in 94 - Add support for scsi_report_device_reset() found in
95 2.5.X kernels. 95 2.5.X kernels.
96 - Add 7901B support. 96 - Add 7901B support.
97 - Simplify handling of the packtized lun Rev A workaround. 97 - Simplify handling of the packetized lun Rev A workaround.
98 - Correct and simplify handling of the ignore wide residue 98 - Correct and simplify handling of the ignore wide residue
99 message. The previous code would fail to report a residual 99 message. The previous code would fail to report a residual
100 if the transaction data length was even and we received 100 if the transaction data length was even and we received
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/aic7xxx.txt b/Documentation/scsi/aic7xxx.txt
index 3481fcded4c2..9b894f116d95 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/aic7xxx.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/aic7xxx.txt
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ The following information is available in this file:
160 160
161 6.2.34 (May 5th, 2003) 161 6.2.34 (May 5th, 2003)
162 - Fix locking regression instroduced in 6.2.29 that 162 - Fix locking regression instroduced in 6.2.29 that
163 could cuase a lock order reversal between the io_request_lock 163 could cause a lock order reversal between the io_request_lock
164 and our per-softc lock. This was only possible on RH9, 164 and our per-softc lock. This was only possible on RH9,
165 SuSE, and kernel.org 2.4.X kernels. 165 SuSE, and kernel.org 2.4.X kernels.
166 166
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/aic7xxx_old.txt b/Documentation/scsi/aic7xxx_old.txt
index 79e5ac6cb6ff..c92f4473193b 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/aic7xxx_old.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/aic7xxx_old.txt
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ linux-1.1.x and fairly stable since linux-1.2.x, and are also in FreeBSD
102 The hardware RAID devices sold by Adaptec are *NOT* supported by this 102 The hardware RAID devices sold by Adaptec are *NOT* supported by this
103 driver (and will people please stop emailing me about them, they are 103 driver (and will people please stop emailing me about them, they are
104 a totally separate beast from the bare SCSI controllers and this driver 104 a totally separate beast from the bare SCSI controllers and this driver
105 can not be retrofitted in any sane manner to support the hardware RAID 105 cannot be retrofitted in any sane manner to support the hardware RAID
106 features on those cards - Doug Ledford). 106 features on those cards - Doug Ledford).
107 107
108 108
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ linux-1.1.x and fairly stable since linux-1.2.x, and are also in FreeBSD
241 that instead of dumping the register contents on the card, this 241 that instead of dumping the register contents on the card, this
242 option dumps the contents of the sequencer program RAM. This gives 242 option dumps the contents of the sequencer program RAM. This gives
243 the ability to verify that the instructions downloaded to the 243 the ability to verify that the instructions downloaded to the
244 card's sequencer are indeed what they are suppossed to be. Again, 244 card's sequencer are indeed what they are supposed to be. Again,
245 unless you have documentation to tell you how to interpret these 245 unless you have documentation to tell you how to interpret these
246 numbers, then it is totally useless. 246 numbers, then it is totally useless.
247 247
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ linux-1.1.x and fairly stable since linux-1.2.x, and are also in FreeBSD
317 initial DEVCONFIG values for each of your aic7xxx controllers as 317 initial DEVCONFIG values for each of your aic7xxx controllers as
318 they are listed, and also record what the machine is detecting as 318 they are listed, and also record what the machine is detecting as
319 the proper termination on your controllers. NOTE: the order in 319 the proper termination on your controllers. NOTE: the order in
320 which the initial DEVCONFIG values are printed out is not gauranteed 320 which the initial DEVCONFIG values are printed out is not guaranteed
321 to be the same order as the SCSI controllers are registered. The 321 to be the same order as the SCSI controllers are registered. The
322 above option and this option both work on the order of the SCSI 322 above option and this option both work on the order of the SCSI
323 controllers as they are registered, so make sure you match the right 323 controllers as they are registered, so make sure you match the right
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/dc395x.txt b/Documentation/scsi/dc395x.txt
index ae3b79a2d275..88219f96633d 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/dc395x.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/dc395x.txt
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Parameters
20---------- 20----------
21The driver uses the settings from the EEPROM set in the SCSI BIOS 21The driver uses the settings from the EEPROM set in the SCSI BIOS
22setup. If there is no EEPROM, the driver uses default values. 22setup. If there is no EEPROM, the driver uses default values.
23Both can be overriden by command line parameters (module or kernel 23Both can be overridden by command line parameters (module or kernel
24parameters). 24parameters).
25 25
26The following parameters are available: 26The following parameters are available:
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/dpti.txt b/Documentation/scsi/dpti.txt
index 6e45e70243e5..f36dc0e7c8da 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/dpti.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/dpti.txt
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
48 * Implemented suggestions from Alan Cox 48 * Implemented suggestions from Alan Cox
49 * Added calculation of resid for sg layer 49 * Added calculation of resid for sg layer
50 * Better error handling 50 * Better error handling
51 * Added checking underflow condtions 51 * Added checking underflow conditions
52 * Added DATAPROTECT checking 52 * Added DATAPROTECT checking
53 * Changed error return codes 53 * Changed error return codes
54 * Fixed pointer bug in bus reset routine 54 * Fixed pointer bug in bus reset routine
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ibmmca.txt b/Documentation/scsi/ibmmca.txt
index d16ce5b540f4..35f6b8ed2295 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/ibmmca.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/ibmmca.txt
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@
229 229
230 In a second step of the driver development, the following improvement has 230 In a second step of the driver development, the following improvement has
231 been applied: The first approach limited the number of devices to 7, far 231 been applied: The first approach limited the number of devices to 7, far
232 fewer than the 15 that it could usem then it just maped ldn -> 232 fewer than the 15 that it could use, then it just mapped ldn ->
233 (ldn/8,ldn%8) for pun,lun. We ended up with a real mishmash of puns 233 (ldn/8,ldn%8) for pun,lun. We ended up with a real mishmash of puns
234 and luns, but it all seemed to work. 234 and luns, but it all seemed to work.
235 235
@@ -254,12 +254,12 @@
254 device to be existant, but it has no ldn assigned, it gets a ldn out of 7 254 device to be existant, but it has no ldn assigned, it gets a ldn out of 7
255 to 14. The numbers are assigned in cyclic order. Therefore it takes 8 255 to 14. The numbers are assigned in cyclic order. Therefore it takes 8
256 dynamical reassignments on the SCSI-devices, until a certain device 256 dynamical reassignments on the SCSI-devices, until a certain device
257 loses its ldn again. This assures, that dynamical remapping is avoided 257 loses its ldn again. This assures that dynamical remapping is avoided
258 during intense I/O between up to 15 SCSI-devices (means pun,lun 258 during intense I/O between up to 15 SCSI-devices (means pun,lun
259 combinations). A further advantage of this method is, that people who 259 combinations). A further advantage of this method is that people who
260 build their kernel without probing on all luns will get what they expect, 260 build their kernel without probing on all luns will get what they expect,
261 because the driver just won't assign everything with lun>0 when 261 because the driver just won't assign everything with lun>0 when
262 multpile lun probing is inactive. 262 multiple lun probing is inactive.
263 263
264 2.4 SCSI-Device Order 264 2.4 SCSI-Device Order
265 --------------------- 265 ---------------------
@@ -309,9 +309,9 @@
309 2.6 Abort & Reset Commands 309 2.6 Abort & Reset Commands
310 -------------------------- 310 --------------------------
311 These are implemented with busy waiting for interrupt to arrive. 311 These are implemented with busy waiting for interrupt to arrive.
312 ibmmca_reset() and ibmmca_abort() do not work sufficently well 312 ibmmca_reset() and ibmmca_abort() do not work sufficiently well
313 up to now and need still a lot of development work. But, this seems 313 up to now and need still a lot of development work. This seems
314 to be even a problem with other SCSI-low level drivers, too. However, 314 to be a problem with other low-level SCSI drivers too, however
315 this should be no excuse. 315 this should be no excuse.
316 316
317 2.7 Disk Geometry 317 2.7 Disk Geometry
@@ -684,8 +684,8 @@
684 not like sending commands to non-existing SCSI-devices and will react 684 not like sending commands to non-existing SCSI-devices and will react
685 with a command error as a sign of protest. While this error is not 685 with a command error as a sign of protest. While this error is not
686 present on IBM SCSI Adapter w/cache, it appears on IBM Integrated SCSI 686 present on IBM SCSI Adapter w/cache, it appears on IBM Integrated SCSI
687 Adapters. Therefore, I implemented a workarround to forgive those 687 Adapters. Therefore, I implemented a workaround to forgive those
688 adapters their protests, but it is marked up in the statisctis, so 688 adapters their protests, but it is marked up in the statistics, so
689 after a successful boot, you can see in /proc/scsi/ibmmca/<host_number> 689 after a successful boot, you can see in /proc/scsi/ibmmca/<host_number>
690 how often the command errors have been forgiven to the SCSI-subsystem. 690 how often the command errors have been forgiven to the SCSI-subsystem.
691 If the number is bigger than 0, you have a SCSI subsystem of older 691 If the number is bigger than 0, you have a SCSI subsystem of older
@@ -778,15 +778,15 @@
778 not accept this, as they stick quite near to ANSI-SCSI and report 778 not accept this, as they stick quite near to ANSI-SCSI and report
779 a COMMAND_ERROR message which causes the driver to panic. The main 779 a COMMAND_ERROR message which causes the driver to panic. The main
780 problem was located around the INQUIRY command. Now, for all the 780 problem was located around the INQUIRY command. Now, for all the
781 mentioned commands, the buffersize, sent to the adapter is at 781 mentioned commands, the buffersize sent to the adapter is at
782 maximum 255 which seems to be a quite reasonable solution. 782 maximum 255 which seems to be a quite reasonable solution.
783 TEST_UNIT_READY gets a buffersize of 0 to make sure, that no 783 TEST_UNIT_READY gets a buffersize of 0 to make sure that no
784 data is transferred in order to avoid any possible command failure. 784 data is transferred in order to avoid any possible command failure.
785 2) On unsuccessful TEST_UNIT_READY, the midlevel-driver has to send 785 2) On unsuccessful TEST_UNIT_READY, the mid-level driver has to send
786 a REQUEST_SENSE in order to see, where the problem is located. This 786 a REQUEST_SENSE in order to see where the problem is located. This
787 REQUEST_SENSE may have various length in its answer-buffer. IBM 787 REQUEST_SENSE may have various length in its answer-buffer. IBM
788 SCSI-subsystems report a command failure, if the returned buffersize 788 SCSI-subsystems report a command failure if the returned buffersize
789 is different from the sent buffersize, but this can be supressed by 789 is different from the sent buffersize, but this can be suppressed by
790 a special bit, which is now done and problems seem to be solved. 790 a special bit, which is now done and problems seem to be solved.
791 2) Code adaption to all kernel-releases. Now, the 3.2 code compiles on 791 2) Code adaption to all kernel-releases. Now, the 3.2 code compiles on
792 2.0.x, 2.1.x, 2.2.x and 2.3.x kernel releases without any code-changes. 792 2.0.x, 2.1.x, 2.2.x and 2.3.x kernel releases without any code-changes.
@@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@
1086 1086
1087 Q: "Reset SCSI-devices at boottime" halts the system at boottime, why? 1087 Q: "Reset SCSI-devices at boottime" halts the system at boottime, why?
1088 A: This is only tested with the IBM SCSI Adapter w/cache. It is not 1088 A: This is only tested with the IBM SCSI Adapter w/cache. It is not
1089 yet prooved to run on other adapters, however you may be lucky. 1089 yet proven to run on other adapters, however you may be lucky.
1090 In version 3.1d this has been hugely improved and should work better, 1090 In version 3.1d this has been hugely improved and should work better,
1091 now. Normally you really won't need to activate this flag in the 1091 now. Normally you really won't need to activate this flag in the
1092 kernel configuration, as all post 1989 SCSI-devices should accept 1092 kernel configuration, as all post 1989 SCSI-devices should accept
@@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@
1104 The parameter 'normal' sets the new industry standard, starting 1104 The parameter 'normal' sets the new industry standard, starting
1105 from pun 0, scanning up to pun 6. This allows you to change your 1105 from pun 0, scanning up to pun 6. This allows you to change your
1106 opinion still after having already compiled the kernel. 1106 opinion still after having already compiled the kernel.
1107 Q: Why I cannot find the IBM MCA SCSI support in the config menue? 1107 Q: Why can't I find IBM MCA SCSI support in the config menu?
1108 A: You have to activate MCA bus support, first. 1108 A: You have to activate MCA bus support, first.
1109 Q: Where can I find the latest info about this driver? 1109 Q: Where can I find the latest info about this driver?
1110 A: See the file MAINTAINERS for the current WWW-address, which offers 1110 A: See the file MAINTAINERS for the current WWW-address, which offers
@@ -1156,7 +1156,7 @@
1156 Guide) what has to be done for reset, we still share the bad shape of 1156 Guide) what has to be done for reset, we still share the bad shape of
1157 the reset functions with all other low level SCSI-drivers. 1157 the reset functions with all other low level SCSI-drivers.
1158 Astonishingly, reset works in most cases quite ok, but the harddisks 1158 Astonishingly, reset works in most cases quite ok, but the harddisks
1159 won't run in synchonous mode anymore after a reset, until you reboot. 1159 won't run in synchronous mode anymore after a reset, until you reboot.
1160 Q: Why does my XXX w/Cache adapter not use read-prefetch? 1160 Q: Why does my XXX w/Cache adapter not use read-prefetch?
1161 A: Ok, that is not completely possible. If a cache is present, the 1161 A: Ok, that is not completely possible. If a cache is present, the
1162 adapter tries to use it internally. Explicitly, one can use the cache 1162 adapter tries to use it internally. Explicitly, one can use the cache
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/megaraid.txt b/Documentation/scsi/megaraid.txt
index ff864c0f494c..3c7cea51e687 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/megaraid.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/megaraid.txt
@@ -4,11 +4,11 @@
4Overview: 4Overview:
5-------- 5--------
6 6
7Different classes of controllers from LSI Logic, accept and respond to the 7Different classes of controllers from LSI Logic accept and respond to the
8user applications in a similar way. They understand the same firmware control 8user applications in a similar way. They understand the same firmware control
9commands. Furthermore, the applications also can treat different classes of 9commands. Furthermore, the applications also can treat different classes of
10the controllers uniformly. Hence it is logical to have a single module that 10the controllers uniformly. Hence it is logical to have a single module that
11interefaces with the applications on one side and all the low level drivers 11interfaces with the applications on one side and all the low level drivers
12on the other. 12on the other.
13 13
14The advantages, though obvious, are listed for completeness: 14The advantages, though obvious, are listed for completeness:
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ncr53c8xx.txt b/Documentation/scsi/ncr53c8xx.txt
index 822d2aca3700..58ad8db333d9 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/ncr53c8xx.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/ncr53c8xx.txt
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ Written by Gerard Roudier <groudier@free.fr>
7015. SCSI problem troubleshooting 7015. SCSI problem troubleshooting
71 15.1 Problem tracking 71 15.1 Problem tracking
72 15.2 Understanding hardware error reports 72 15.2 Understanding hardware error reports
7316. Synchonous transfer negotiation tables 7316. Synchronous transfer negotiation tables
74 16.1 Synchronous timings for 53C875 and 53C860 Ultra-SCSI controllers 74 16.1 Synchronous timings for 53C875 and 53C860 Ultra-SCSI controllers
75 16.2 Synchronous timings for fast SCSI-2 53C8XX controllers 75 16.2 Synchronous timings for fast SCSI-2 53C8XX controllers
7617. Serial NVRAM support (by Richard Waltham) 7617. Serial NVRAM support (by Richard Waltham)
@@ -96,10 +96,10 @@ The original driver has been written for 386bsd and FreeBSD by:
96It is now available as a bundle of 2 drivers: 96It is now available as a bundle of 2 drivers:
97 97
98- ncr53c8xx generic driver that supports all the SYM53C8XX family including 98- ncr53c8xx generic driver that supports all the SYM53C8XX family including
99 the ealiest 810 rev. 1, the latest 896 (2 channel LVD SCSI controller) and 99 the earliest 810 rev. 1, the latest 896 (2 channel LVD SCSI controller) and
100 the new 895A (1 channel LVD SCSI controller). 100 the new 895A (1 channel LVD SCSI controller).
101- sym53c8xx enhanced driver (a.k.a. 896 drivers) that drops support of oldest 101- sym53c8xx enhanced driver (a.k.a. 896 drivers) that drops support of oldest
102 chips in order to gain advantage of new features, as LOAD/STORE intructions 102 chips in order to gain advantage of new features, as LOAD/STORE instructions
103 available since the 810A and hardware phase mismatch available with the 103 available since the 810A and hardware phase mismatch available with the
104 896 and the 895A. 104 896 and the 895A.
105 105
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ The 896 and the 895A allows handling of the phase mismatch context from
207SCRIPTS (avoids the phase mismatch interrupt that stops the SCSI processor 207SCRIPTS (avoids the phase mismatch interrupt that stops the SCSI processor
208until the C code has saved the context of the transfer). 208until the C code has saved the context of the transfer).
209Implementing this without using LOAD/STORE instructions would be painfull 209Implementing this without using LOAD/STORE instructions would be painfull
210and I did'nt even want to try it. 210and I didn't even want to try it.
211 211
212The 896 chip supports 64 bit PCI transactions and addressing, while the 212The 896 chip supports 64 bit PCI transactions and addressing, while the
213895A supports 32 bit PCI transactions and 64 bit addressing. 213895A supports 32 bit PCI transactions and 64 bit addressing.
@@ -631,8 +631,8 @@ string variable using 'insmod'.
631 631
632A boot setup command for the ncr53c8xx (sym53c8xx) driver begins with the 632A boot setup command for the ncr53c8xx (sym53c8xx) driver begins with the
633driver name "ncr53c8xx="(sym53c8xx). The kernel syntax parser then expects 633driver name "ncr53c8xx="(sym53c8xx). The kernel syntax parser then expects
634an optionnal list of integers separated with comma followed by an optional 634an optional list of integers separated with comma followed by an optional
635list of comma-separated strings. Example of boot setup command under lilo 635list of comma-separated strings. Example of boot setup command under lilo
636prompt: 636prompt:
637 637
638lilo: linux root=/dev/hda2 ncr53c8xx=tags:4,sync:10,debug:0x200 638lilo: linux root=/dev/hda2 ncr53c8xx=tags:4,sync:10,debug:0x200
@@ -778,7 +778,7 @@ port address 0x1400.
778 Some scsi boards use a 875 (ultra wide) and only supply narrow connectors. 778 Some scsi boards use a 875 (ultra wide) and only supply narrow connectors.
779 If you have connected a wide device with a 50 pins to 68 pins cable 779 If you have connected a wide device with a 50 pins to 68 pins cable
780 converter, any accepted wide negotiation will break further data transfers. 780 converter, any accepted wide negotiation will break further data transfers.
781 In such a case, using "wide:0" in the bootup command will be helpfull. 781 In such a case, using "wide:0" in the bootup command will be helpful.
782 782
78310.2.14 Differential mode 78310.2.14 Differential mode
784 diff:0 never set up diff mode 784 diff:0 never set up diff mode
@@ -899,7 +899,7 @@ boot setup can be:
899 ncr53c8xx=safe:y,mpar:y 899 ncr53c8xx=safe:y,mpar:y
900 ncr53c8xx=safe:y 900 ncr53c8xx=safe:y
901 901
902My personnal system works flawlessly with the following equivalent setup: 902My personal system works flawlessly with the following equivalent setup:
903 903
904 ncr53c8xx=mpar:y,spar:y,disc:y,specf:1,fsn:n,ultra:2,fsn:n,revprob:n,verb:1\ 904 ncr53c8xx=mpar:y,spar:y,disc:y,specf:1,fsn:n,ultra:2,fsn:n,revprob:n,verb:1\
905 tags:32,sync:12,debug:0,burst:7,led:1,wide:1,settle:2,diff:0,irqm:0 905 tags:32,sync:12,debug:0,burst:7,led:1,wide:1,settle:2,diff:0,irqm:0
@@ -1151,7 +1151,7 @@ Driver files:
1151 1151
1152New driver versions are made available separately in order to allow testing 1152New driver versions are made available separately in order to allow testing
1153changes and new features prior to including them into the linux kernel 1153changes and new features prior to including them into the linux kernel
1154distribution. The following URL provides informations on latest avalaible 1154distribution. The following URL provides information on latest available
1155patches: 1155patches:
1156 1156
1157 ftp://ftp.tux.org/pub/people/gerard-roudier/README 1157 ftp://ftp.tux.org/pub/people/gerard-roudier/README
@@ -1382,7 +1382,7 @@ SCSI standards, chip cores functionnals and internal driver data structures.
1382You are not required to decode and understand them, unless you want to help 1382You are not required to decode and understand them, unless you want to help
1383maintain the driver code. 1383maintain the driver code.
1384 1384
138516. Synchonous transfer negotiation tables 138516. Synchronous transfer negotiation tables
1386 1386
1387Tables below have been created by calling the routine the driver uses 1387Tables below have been created by calling the routine the driver uses
1388for synchronisation negotiation timing calculation and chip setting. 1388for synchronisation negotiation timing calculation and chip setting.
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/osst.txt b/Documentation/scsi/osst.txt
index ce574e7791ab..f536907e241d 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/osst.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/osst.txt
@@ -56,8 +56,7 @@ Compile your kernel and install the modules.
56 56
57Now, your osst driver is inside the kernel or available as a module, 57Now, your osst driver is inside the kernel or available as a module,
58depending on your choice during kernel config. You may still need to create 58depending on your choice during kernel config. You may still need to create
59the device nodes by calling the Makedevs.sh script (see below) manually, 59the device nodes by calling the Makedevs.sh script (see below) manually.
60unless you use a devfs kernel, where this won't be needed.
61 60
62To load your module, you may use the command 61To load your module, you may use the command
63modprobe osst 62modprobe osst
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ppa.txt b/Documentation/scsi/ppa.txt
index 5d9223bc1bd5..067ac394e0b2 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/ppa.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/ppa.txt
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
3General Iomega ZIP drive page for Linux: 3General Iomega ZIP drive page for Linux:
4http://www.torque.net/~campbell/ 4http://www.torque.net/~campbell/
5 5
6Driver achive for old drivers: 6Driver archive for old drivers:
7http://www.torque.net/~campbell/ppa/ 7http://www.torque.net/~campbell/ppa/
8 8
9Linux Parport page (parallel port) 9Linux Parport page (parallel port)
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi-changer.txt b/Documentation/scsi/scsi-changer.txt
index c132687b017a..d74bbd29eb3a 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/scsi-changer.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi-changer.txt
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ changers. But it allows to handle nearly all possible cases. It knows
31 media transport - this one shuffles around the media, i.e. the 31 media transport - this one shuffles around the media, i.e. the
32 transport arm. Also known as "picker". 32 transport arm. Also known as "picker".
33 storage - a slot which can hold a media. 33 storage - a slot which can hold a media.
34 import/export - the same as above, but is accessable from outside, 34 import/export - the same as above, but is accessible from outside,
35 i.e. there the operator (you !) can use this to 35 i.e. there the operator (you !) can use this to
36 fill in and remove media from the changer. 36 fill in and remove media from the changer.
37 Sometimes named "mailslot". 37 Sometimes named "mailslot".
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi_eh.txt b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_eh.txt
index ce767b90bb0d..b964eef2f62f 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/scsi_eh.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_eh.txt
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ ways.
160 - Fine-grained EH callbacks 160 - Fine-grained EH callbacks
161 LLDD can implement fine-grained EH callbacks and let SCSI 161 LLDD can implement fine-grained EH callbacks and let SCSI
162 midlayer drive error handling and call appropriate callbacks. 162 midlayer drive error handling and call appropriate callbacks.
163 This will be dicussed further in [2-1]. 163 This will be discussed further in [2-1].
164 164
165 - eh_strategy_handler() callback 165 - eh_strategy_handler() callback
166 This is one big callback which should perform whole error 166 This is one big callback which should perform whole error
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ lower layers and lower layers are ready to process or fail the scmd
194again. 194again.
195 195
196 To achieve these goals, EH performs recovery actions with increasing 196 To achieve these goals, EH performs recovery actions with increasing
197severity. Some actions are performed by issueing SCSI commands and 197severity. Some actions are performed by issuing SCSI commands and
198others are performed by invoking one of the following fine-grained 198others are performed by invoking one of the following fine-grained
199hostt EH callbacks. Callbacks may be omitted and omitted ones are 199hostt EH callbacks. Callbacks may be omitted and omitted ones are
200considered to fail always. 200considered to fail always.
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/st.txt b/Documentation/scsi/st.txt
index 20e30cf31877..5ff65b184265 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/st.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/st.txt
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ BOOT TIME CONFIGURATION
249 249
250If the driver is compiled into the kernel, the same parameters can be 250If the driver is compiled into the kernel, the same parameters can be
251also set using, e.g., the LILO command line. The preferred syntax is 251also set using, e.g., the LILO command line. The preferred syntax is
252is to use the same keyword used when loading as module but prepended 252to use the same keyword used when loading as module but prepended
253with 'st.'. For instance, to set the maximum number of scatter/gather 253with 'st.'. For instance, to set the maximum number of scatter/gather
254segments, the parameter 'st.max_sg_segs=xx' should be used (xx is the 254segments, the parameter 'st.max_sg_segs=xx' should be used (xx is the
255number of scatter/gather segments). 255number of scatter/gather segments).
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ MTSETDRVBUFFER
369 the device dependent address. It is recommended to set 369 the device dependent address. It is recommended to set
370 this flag unless there are tapes using the device 370 this flag unless there are tapes using the device
371 dependent (from the old times) (global) 371 dependent (from the old times) (global)
372 MT_ST_SYSV sets the SYSV sematics (mode) 372 MT_ST_SYSV sets the SYSV semantics (mode)
373 MT_ST_NOWAIT enables immediate mode (i.e., don't wait for 373 MT_ST_NOWAIT enables immediate mode (i.e., don't wait for
374 the command to finish) for some commands (e.g., rewind) 374 the command to finish) for some commands (e.g., rewind)
375 MT_ST_DEBUGGING debugging (global; debugging must be 375 MT_ST_DEBUGGING debugging (global; debugging must be
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/sym53c8xx_2.txt b/Documentation/scsi/sym53c8xx_2.txt
index 7f516cdcd262..26c8a08ca3ea 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/sym53c8xx_2.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/sym53c8xx_2.txt
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ under Linux is contained in 2 files named sym_glue.h and sym_glue.c.
67Other drivers files are intended not to depend on the Operating System 67Other drivers files are intended not to depend on the Operating System
68on which the driver is used. 68on which the driver is used.
69 69
70The history of this driver can be summerized as follows: 70The history of this driver can be summarized as follows:
71 71
721993: ncr driver written for 386bsd and FreeBSD by: 721993: ncr driver written for 386bsd and FreeBSD by:
73 Wolfgang Stanglmeier <wolf@cologne.de> 73 Wolfgang Stanglmeier <wolf@cologne.de>
@@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ Field H : SCNTL3 Scsi Control Register 3
684 Contains the setting of timing values for both asynchronous and 684 Contains the setting of timing values for both asynchronous and
685 synchronous data transfers. 685 synchronous data transfers.
686Field I : SCNTL4 Scsi Control Register 4 686Field I : SCNTL4 Scsi Control Register 4
687 Only meaninful for 53C1010 Ultra3 controllers. 687 Only meaningful for 53C1010 Ultra3 controllers.
688 688
689Understanding Fields J, K, L and dumps requires to have good knowledge of 689Understanding Fields J, K, L and dumps requires to have good knowledge of
690SCSI standards, chip cores functionnals and internal driver data structures. 690SCSI standards, chip cores functionnals and internal driver data structures.
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/tmscsim.txt b/Documentation/scsi/tmscsim.txt
index df7a02bfb5bf..8b2168aa4fc7 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/tmscsim.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/tmscsim.txt
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Tekram DC390(T) adapter. This is where the name comes from: tm = Tekram
27scsi = SCSI driver, m = AMD (?) as opposed to w for the DC390W/U/F 27scsi = SCSI driver, m = AMD (?) as opposed to w for the DC390W/U/F
28(NCR53c8X5, X=2/7) driver. Yes, there was also a driver for the latter, 28(NCR53c8X5, X=2/7) driver. Yes, there was also a driver for the latter,
29tmscsiw, which supported DC390W/U/F adapters. It's not maintained any more, 29tmscsiw, which supported DC390W/U/F adapters. It's not maintained any more,
30as the ncr53c8xx is perfectly supporting these adpaters since some time. 30as the ncr53c8xx is perfectly supporting these adapters since some time.
31 31
32The driver first appeared in April 1996, exclusively supported the DC390 32The driver first appeared in April 1996, exclusively supported the DC390
33and has been enhanced since then in various steps. In May 1998 support for 33and has been enhanced since then in various steps. In May 1998 support for
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ Please see http://www.garloff.de/kurt/linux/dc390/problems.html
381 replaced by the dev index of your scanner). You may try to reset your SCSI 381 replaced by the dev index of your scanner). You may try to reset your SCSI
382 bus afterwards (echo "RESET" >/proc/scsi/tmscsim/?). 382 bus afterwards (echo "RESET" >/proc/scsi/tmscsim/?).
383 The problem seems to be solved as of 2.0d18, thanks to Andreas Rick. 383 The problem seems to be solved as of 2.0d18, thanks to Andreas Rick.
384* If there is a valid partition table, the driver will use it for determing 384* If there is a valid partition table, the driver will use it for determining
385 the mapping. If there's none, a reasonable mapping (Symbios-like) will be 385 the mapping. If there's none, a reasonable mapping (Symbios-like) will be
386 assumed. Other operating systems may not like this mapping, though 386 assumed. Other operating systems may not like this mapping, though
387 it's consistent with the BIOS' behaviour. Old DC390 drivers ignored the 387 it's consistent with the BIOS' behaviour. Old DC390 drivers ignored the
diff --git a/Documentation/sh/kgdb.txt b/Documentation/sh/kgdb.txt
index 5b04f7f306fc..05b4ba89d28c 100644
--- a/Documentation/sh/kgdb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sh/kgdb.txt
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ might specify the halt option:
69 69
70 kgdb=halt 70 kgdb=halt
71 71
72Boot the TARGET machinem, which will appear to hang. 72Boot the TARGET machine, which will appear to hang.
73 73
74On your DEVELOPMENT machine, cd to the source directory and run the gdb 74On your DEVELOPMENT machine, cd to the source directory and run the gdb
75program. (This is likely to be a cross GDB which runs on your host but 75program. (This is likely to be a cross GDB which runs on your host but
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt
index e6b57dd46a4f..138673a907f5 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt
@@ -57,11 +57,6 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
57 - Default: 1 57 - Default: 1
58 - For auto-loading more than one card, specify this 58 - For auto-loading more than one card, specify this
59 option together with snd-card-X aliases. 59 option together with snd-card-X aliases.
60 device_mode
61 - permission mask for dynamic sound device filesystem
62 - This is available only when DEVFS is enabled
63 - Default: 0666
64 - E.g.: device_mode=0660
65 60
66 61
67 Module snd-pcm-oss 62 Module snd-pcm-oss
@@ -1268,8 +1263,8 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
1268 1263
1269 Note: on some notebooks the buffer address cannot be detected 1264 Note: on some notebooks the buffer address cannot be detected
1270 automatically, or causes hang-up during initialization. 1265 automatically, or causes hang-up during initialization.
1271 In such a case, specify the buffer top address explicity via 1266 In such a case, specify the buffer top address explicitly via
1272 buffer_top option. 1267 the buffer_top option.
1273 For example, 1268 For example,
1274 Sony F250: buffer_top=0x25a800 1269 Sony F250: buffer_top=0x25a800
1275 Sony F270: buffer_top=0x272800 1270 Sony F270: buffer_top=0x272800
@@ -1887,7 +1882,7 @@ options snd-ens1371 index=1
1887# OSS/Free portion 1882# OSS/Free portion
1888alias sound-slot-0 snd-interwave 1883alias sound-slot-0 snd-interwave
1889alias sound-slot-1 snd-ens1371 1884alias sound-slot-1 snd-ens1371
1890----- /etc/moprobe.conf 1885----- /etc/modprobe.conf
1891 1886
1892In this example, the interwave card is always loaded as the first card 1887In this example, the interwave card is always loaded as the first card
1893(index 0) and ens1371 as the second (index 1). 1888(index 0) and ens1371 as the second (index 1).
@@ -1915,21 +1910,6 @@ Please note that the device mapping above may be varied via the module
1915options of snd-pcm-oss module. 1910options of snd-pcm-oss module.
1916 1911
1917 1912
1918DEVFS support
1919=============
1920
1921The ALSA driver fully supports the devfs extension.
1922You should add lines below to your devfsd.conf file:
1923
1924LOOKUP snd MODLOAD ACTION snd
1925REGISTER ^sound/.* PERMISSIONS root.audio 660
1926REGISTER ^snd/.* PERMISSIONS root.audio 660
1927
1928Warning: These lines assume that you have the audio group in your system.
1929 Otherwise replace audio word with another group name (root for
1930 example).
1931
1932
1933Proc interfaces (/proc/asound) 1913Proc interfaces (/proc/asound)
1934============================== 1914==============================
1935 1915
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/Audiophile-Usb.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/Audiophile-Usb.txt
index b535c2a198f8..e40cce83327c 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/Audiophile-Usb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/Audiophile-Usb.txt
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ Here is a list of supported device_setup values for this device:
126 - Alsa driver default mode 126 - Alsa driver default mode
127 - maintains backward compatibility with setups that do not use this 127 - maintains backward compatibility with setups that do not use this
128 parameter by not introducing any change 128 parameter by not introducing any change
129 - results sometimes in corrupted sound as decribed earlier 129 - results sometimes in corrupted sound as described earlier
130 * device_setup=0x01 130 * device_setup=0x01
131 - 16bits 48kHz mode with Di disabled 131 - 16bits 48kHz mode with Di disabled
132 - Ai,Ao,Do can be used at the same time 132 - Ai,Ao,Do can be used at the same time
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/CMIPCI.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/CMIPCI.txt
index 1872e24442a4..4b2b15387056 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/CMIPCI.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/CMIPCI.txt
@@ -16,11 +16,11 @@ As default, ALSA driver assigns the first PCM device (i.e. hw:0,0 for
16card#0) for front and 4/6ch playbacks, while the second PCM device 16card#0) for front and 4/6ch playbacks, while the second PCM device
17(hw:0,1) is assigned to the second DAC for rear playback. 17(hw:0,1) is assigned to the second DAC for rear playback.
18 18
19There are slight difference between two DACs. 19There are slight differences between the two DACs:
20 20
21- The first DAC supports U8 and S16LE formats, while the second DAC 21- The first DAC supports U8 and S16LE formats, while the second DAC
22 supports only S16LE. 22 supports only S16LE.
23- The seconde DAC supports only two channel stereo. 23- The second DAC supports only two channel stereo.
24 24
25Please note that the CM8x38 DAC doesn't support continuous playback 25Please note that the CM8x38 DAC doesn't support continuous playback
26rate but only fixed rates: 5512, 8000, 11025, 16000, 22050, 32000, 26rate but only fixed rates: 5512, 8000, 11025, 16000, 22050, 32000,
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ in alsa-lib. For example, you can play a WAV file with 6 channels like
76 76
77 % aplay -Dsurround51 sixchannels.wav 77 % aplay -Dsurround51 sixchannels.wav
78 78
79For programmin the 4/6 channel playback, you need to specify the PCM 79For programming the 4/6 channel playback, you need to specify the PCM
80channels as you like and set the format S16LE. For example, for playback 80channels as you like and set the format S16LE. For example, for playback
81with 4 channels, 81with 4 channels,
82 82
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl b/Documentation/sound/alsa/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl
index 4807ef79a94d..077fbe25ebf4 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl
@@ -5486,7 +5486,7 @@ struct _snd_pcm_runtime {
5486 <chapter id="power-management"> 5486 <chapter id="power-management">
5487 <title>Power Management</title> 5487 <title>Power Management</title>
5488 <para> 5488 <para>
5489 If the chip is supposed to work with with suspend/resume 5489 If the chip is supposed to work with suspend/resume
5490 functions, you need to add the power-management codes to the 5490 functions, you need to add the power-management codes to the
5491 driver. The additional codes for the power-management should be 5491 driver. The additional codes for the power-management should be
5492 <function>ifdef</function>'ed with 5492 <function>ifdef</function>'ed with
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/MIXART.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/MIXART.txt
index 5cb970612870..ef42c44fa1f2 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/MIXART.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/MIXART.txt
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ With a miXart8AES/EBU there is in addition 1 stereo digital input
31Formats 31Formats
32------- 32-------
33U8, S16_LE, S16_BE, S24_3LE, S24_3BE, FLOAT_LE, FLOAT_BE 33U8, S16_LE, S16_BE, S24_3LE, S24_3BE, FLOAT_LE, FLOAT_BE
34Sample rates : 8000 - 48000 Hz continously 34Sample rates : 8000 - 48000 Hz continuously
35 35
36Playback 36Playback
37-------- 37--------
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ For instance the playback devices are configured to have max. 4
39substreams performing hardware mixing. This could be changed to a 39substreams performing hardware mixing. This could be changed to a
40maximum of 24 substreams if wished. 40maximum of 24 substreams if wished.
41Mono files will be played on the left and right channel. Each channel 41Mono files will be played on the left and right channel. Each channel
42can be muted for each stream to use 8 analog/digital outputs seperately. 42can be muted for each stream to use 8 analog/digital outputs separately.
43 43
44Capture 44Capture
45------- 45-------
@@ -97,4 +97,4 @@ COPYRIGHT
97========= 97=========
98 98
99Copyright (c) 2003 Digigram SA <alsa@digigram.com> 99Copyright (c) 2003 Digigram SA <alsa@digigram.com>
100Distributalbe under GPL. 100Distributable under GPL.
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/Procfile.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/Procfile.txt
index 1fe48846d78f..f738b296440a 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/Procfile.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/Procfile.txt
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ The status of MIDI I/O is found in midi* files. It shows the device
71name and the received/transmitted bytes through the MIDI device. 71name and the received/transmitted bytes through the MIDI device.
72 72
73When the card is equipped with AC97 codecs, there are codec97#* 73When the card is equipped with AC97 codecs, there are codec97#*
74subdirectories (desribed later). 74subdirectories (described later).
75 75
76When the OSS mixer emulation is enabled (and the module is loaded), 76When the OSS mixer emulation is enabled (and the module is loaded),
77oss_mixer file appears here, too. This shows the current mapping of 77oss_mixer file appears here, too. This shows the current mapping of
@@ -161,12 +161,12 @@ seq/drivers
161 Lists the currently available ALSA sequencer drivers. 161 Lists the currently available ALSA sequencer drivers.
162 162
163seq/clients 163seq/clients
164 Shows the list of currently available sequencer clinets and 164 Shows the list of currently available sequencer clients and
165 ports. The connection status and the running status are shown 165 ports. The connection status and the running status are shown
166 in this file, too. 166 in this file, too.
167 167
168seq/queues 168seq/queues
169 Lists the currently allocated/running sequener queues. 169 Lists the currently allocated/running sequencer queues.
170 170
171seq/timer 171seq/timer
172 Lists the currently allocated/running sequencer timers. 172 Lists the currently allocated/running sequencer timers.
@@ -182,10 +182,10 @@ When the problem is related with PCM, first try to turn on xrun_debug
182mode. This will give you the kernel messages when and where xrun 182mode. This will give you the kernel messages when and where xrun
183happened. 183happened.
184 184
185If it's really a bug, report it with the following information 185If it's really a bug, report it with the following information:
186 186
187 - the name of the driver/card, show in /proc/asound/cards 187 - the name of the driver/card, show in /proc/asound/cards
188 - the reigster dump, if available (e.g. card*/cmipci) 188 - the register dump, if available (e.g. card*/cmipci)
189 189
190when it's a PCM problem, 190when it's a PCM problem,
191 191
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/oss/AWE32 b/Documentation/sound/oss/AWE32
index cb179bfeb522..b5908a66ff55 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/oss/AWE32
+++ b/Documentation/sound/oss/AWE32
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ SB32.
55 install awe_wave /sbin/modprobe --first-time -i awe_wave && /usr/local/bin/sfxload PATH_TO_SOUND_BANK_FILE 55 install awe_wave /sbin/modprobe --first-time -i awe_wave && /usr/local/bin/sfxload PATH_TO_SOUND_BANK_FILE
56 56
57 You will of course have to change "PATH_TO_SOUND_BANK_FILE" to the full 57 You will of course have to change "PATH_TO_SOUND_BANK_FILE" to the full
58 path of of the sound bank file. That will enable the Sound Blaster and AWE 58 path of the sound bank file. That will enable the Sound Blaster and AWE
59 wave synthesis. To play midi files you should get one of these programs if 59 wave synthesis. To play midi files you should get one of these programs if
60 you don't already have them: 60 you don't already have them:
61 61
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/oss/solo1 b/Documentation/sound/oss/solo1
index 6f53d407d027..95c4c83422b3 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/oss/solo1
+++ b/Documentation/sound/oss/solo1
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ is at least one report of it working on later silicon.
6The chip behaves differently than described in the data sheet, 6The chip behaves differently than described in the data sheet,
7likely due to a chip bug. Working around this would require 7likely due to a chip bug. Working around this would require
8the help of ESS (for example by publishing an errata sheet), 8the help of ESS (for example by publishing an errata sheet),
9but ESS has not done so so far. 9but ESS has not done so far.
10 10
11Also, the chip only supports 24 bit addresses for recording, 11Also, the chip only supports 24 bit addresses for recording,
12which means it cannot work on some Alpha mainboards. 12which means it cannot work on some Alpha mainboards.
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/oss/ultrasound b/Documentation/sound/oss/ultrasound
index 32cd50478b36..eed331c738a3 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/oss/ultrasound
+++ b/Documentation/sound/oss/ultrasound
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ db16 ???
19no_wave_dma option 19no_wave_dma option
20 20
21This option defaults to a value of 0, which allows the Ultrasound wavetable 21This option defaults to a value of 0, which allows the Ultrasound wavetable
22DSP to use DMA for for playback and downloading samples. This is the same 22DSP to use DMA for playback and downloading samples. This is the same
23as the old behaviour. If set to 1, no DMA is needed for downloading samples, 23as the old behaviour. If set to 1, no DMA is needed for downloading samples,
24and allows owners of a GUS MAX to make use of simultaneous digital audio 24and allows owners of a GUS MAX to make use of simultaneous digital audio
25(/dev/dsp), MIDI, and wavetable playback. 25(/dev/dsp), MIDI, and wavetable playback.
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/oss/vwsnd b/Documentation/sound/oss/vwsnd
index a6ea0a1df9e4..4c6cbdb3c548 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/oss/vwsnd
+++ b/Documentation/sound/oss/vwsnd
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ boxes.
12 12
13The Visual Workstation has an Analog Devices AD1843 "SoundComm" audio 13The Visual Workstation has an Analog Devices AD1843 "SoundComm" audio
14codec chip. The AD1843 is accessed through the Cobalt I/O ASIC, also 14codec chip. The AD1843 is accessed through the Cobalt I/O ASIC, also
15known as Lithium. This driver programs both both chips. 15known as Lithium. This driver programs both chips.
16 16
17============================================================================== 17==============================================================================
18QUICK CONFIGURATION 18QUICK CONFIGURATION
diff --git a/Documentation/sparc/sbus_drivers.txt b/Documentation/sparc/sbus_drivers.txt
index 4b9351624f13..8418d35484fc 100644
--- a/Documentation/sparc/sbus_drivers.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sparc/sbus_drivers.txt
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ the bits necessary to run your device. The most commonly
25used members of this structure, and their typical usage, 25used members of this structure, and their typical usage,
26will be detailed below. 26will be detailed below.
27 27
28 Here is a piece of skeleton code for perofming a device 28 Here is a piece of skeleton code for performing a device
29probe in an SBUS driverunder Linux: 29probe in an SBUS driver under Linux:
30 30
31 static int __devinit mydevice_probe_one(struct sbus_dev *sdev) 31 static int __devinit mydevice_probe_one(struct sbus_dev *sdev)
32 { 32 {
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ in your .remove method.
98 98
99 Any memory allocated, registers mapped, IRQs registered, 99 Any memory allocated, registers mapped, IRQs registered,
100etc. must be undone by your .remove method so that all resources 100etc. must be undone by your .remove method so that all resources
101of your device are relased by the time it returns. 101of your device are released by the time it returns.
102 102
103 You should _NOT_ use the for_each_sbus(), for_each_sbusdev(), 103 You should _NOT_ use the for_each_sbus(), for_each_sbusdev(),
104and for_all_sbusdev() interfaces. They are deprecated, will be 104and for_all_sbusdev() interfaces. They are deprecated, will be
diff --git a/Documentation/spi/pxa2xx b/Documentation/spi/pxa2xx
index 9c45f3df2e18..a1e0ee20f595 100644
--- a/Documentation/spi/pxa2xx
+++ b/Documentation/spi/pxa2xx
@@ -124,12 +124,12 @@ use a value of 8.
124The "pxa2xx_spi_chip.timeout_microsecs" fields is used to efficiently handle 124The "pxa2xx_spi_chip.timeout_microsecs" fields is used to efficiently handle
125trailing bytes in the SSP receiver fifo. The correct value for this field is 125trailing bytes in the SSP receiver fifo. The correct value for this field is
126dependent on the SPI bus speed ("spi_board_info.max_speed_hz") and the specific 126dependent on the SPI bus speed ("spi_board_info.max_speed_hz") and the specific
127slave device. Please note the the PXA2xx SSP 1 does not support trailing byte 127slave device. Please note that the PXA2xx SSP 1 does not support trailing byte
128timeouts and must busy-wait any trailing bytes. 128timeouts and must busy-wait any trailing bytes.
129 129
130The "pxa2xx_spi_chip.enable_loopback" field is used to place the SSP porting 130The "pxa2xx_spi_chip.enable_loopback" field is used to place the SSP porting
131into internal loopback mode. In this mode the SSP controller internally 131into internal loopback mode. In this mode the SSP controller internally
132connects the SSPTX pin the the SSPRX pin. This is useful for initial setup 132connects the SSPTX pin to the SSPRX pin. This is useful for initial setup
133testing. 133testing.
134 134
135The "pxa2xx_spi_chip.cs_control" field is used to point to a board specific 135The "pxa2xx_spi_chip.cs_control" field is used to point to a board specific
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ DMA and PIO I/O Support
208----------------------- 208-----------------------
209The pxa2xx_spi driver support both DMA and interrupt driven PIO message 209The pxa2xx_spi driver support both DMA and interrupt driven PIO message
210transfers. The driver defaults to PIO mode and DMA transfers must enabled by 210transfers. The driver defaults to PIO mode and DMA transfers must enabled by
211setting the "enable_dma" flag in the "pxa2xx_spi_master" structure and and 211setting the "enable_dma" flag in the "pxa2xx_spi_master" structure and
212ensuring that the "pxa2xx_spi_chip.dma_burst_size" field is non-zero. The DMA 212ensuring that the "pxa2xx_spi_chip.dma_burst_size" field is non-zero. The DMA
213mode support both coherent and stream based DMA mappings. 213mode support both coherent and stream based DMA mappings.
214 214
diff --git a/Documentation/spi/spi-summary b/Documentation/spi/spi-summary
index 068732d32276..72795796b13d 100644
--- a/Documentation/spi/spi-summary
+++ b/Documentation/spi/spi-summary
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ NON-STATIC CONFIGURATIONS
262Developer boards often play by different rules than product boards, and one 262Developer boards often play by different rules than product boards, and one
263example is the potential need to hotplug SPI devices and/or controllers. 263example is the potential need to hotplug SPI devices and/or controllers.
264 264
265For those cases you might need to use use spi_busnum_to_master() to look 265For those cases you might need to use spi_busnum_to_master() to look
266up the spi bus master, and will likely need spi_new_device() to provide the 266up the spi bus master, and will likely need spi_new_device() to provide the
267board info based on the board that was hotplugged. Of course, you'd later 267board info based on the board that was hotplugged. Of course, you'd later
268call at least spi_unregister_device() when that board is removed. 268call at least spi_unregister_device() when that board is removed.
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ As soon as it enters probe(), the driver may issue I/O requests to
322the SPI device using "struct spi_message". When remove() returns, 322the SPI device using "struct spi_message". When remove() returns,
323the driver guarantees that it won't submit any more such messages. 323the driver guarantees that it won't submit any more such messages.
324 324
325 - An spi_message is a sequence of of protocol operations, executed 325 - An spi_message is a sequence of protocol operations, executed
326 as one atomic sequence. SPI driver controls include: 326 as one atomic sequence. SPI driver controls include:
327 327
328 + when bidirectional reads and writes start ... by how its 328 + when bidirectional reads and writes start ... by how its
diff --git a/Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt b/Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt
index e409e5d07486..02a481225b0d 100644
--- a/Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt
+++ b/Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Rules on what kind of patches are accepted, and which ones are not, into the
4"-stable" tree: 4"-stable" tree:
5 5
6 - It must be obviously correct and tested. 6 - It must be obviously correct and tested.
7 - It can not be bigger than 100 lines, with context. 7 - It cannot be bigger than 100 lines, with context.
8 - It must fix only one thing. 8 - It must fix only one thing.
9 - It must fix a real bug that bothers people (not a, "This could be a 9 - It must fix a real bug that bothers people (not a, "This could be a
10 problem..." type thing). 10 problem..." type thing).
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Rules on what kind of patches are accepted, and which ones are not, into the
14 critical. 14 critical.
15 - No "theoretical race condition" issues, unless an explanation of how the 15 - No "theoretical race condition" issues, unless an explanation of how the
16 race can be exploited is also provided. 16 race can be exploited is also provided.
17 - It can not contain any "trivial" fixes in it (spelling changes, 17 - It cannot contain any "trivial" fixes in it (spelling changes,
18 whitespace cleanups, etc). 18 whitespace cleanups, etc).
19 - It must be accepted by the relevant subsystem maintainer. 19 - It must be accepted by the relevant subsystem maintainer.
20 - It must follow the Documentation/SubmittingPatches rules. 20 - It must follow the Documentation/SubmittingPatches rules.
diff --git a/Documentation/uml/UserModeLinux-HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/uml/UserModeLinux-HOWTO.txt
index 544430e39980..b60590eca18f 100644
--- a/Documentation/uml/UserModeLinux-HOWTO.txt
+++ b/Documentation/uml/UserModeLinux-HOWTO.txt
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
157 13. What to do when UML doesn't work 157 13. What to do when UML doesn't work
158 158
159 13.1 Strange compilation errors when you build from source 159 13.1 Strange compilation errors when you build from source
160 13.2 UML hangs on boot after mounting devfs 160 13.2 (obsolete)
161 13.3 A variety of panics and hangs with /tmp on a reiserfs filesystem 161 13.3 A variety of panics and hangs with /tmp on a reiserfs filesystem
162 13.4 The compile fails with errors about conflicting types for 'open', 'dup', and 'waitpid' 162 13.4 The compile fails with errors about conflicting types for 'open', 'dup', and 'waitpid'
163 13.5 UML doesn't work when /tmp is an NFS filesystem 163 13.5 UML doesn't work when /tmp is an NFS filesystem
@@ -379,31 +379,6 @@
379 bug fixes and enhancements that have gone into subsequent releases. 379 bug fixes and enhancements that have gone into subsequent releases.
380 380
381 381
382 If you build your own kernel, and want to boot it from one of the
383 filesystems distributed from this site, then, in nearly all cases,
384 devfs must be compiled into the kernel and mounted at boot time. The
385 exception is the SuSE filesystem. For this, devfs must either not be
386 in the kernel at all, or "devfs=nomount" must be on the kernel command
387 line. Any disagreement between the kernel and the filesystem being
388 booted about whether devfs is being used will result in the boot
389 getting no further than single-user mode.
390
391
392 If you don't want to use devfs, you can remove the need for it from a
393 filesystem by copying /dev from someplace, making a bunch of /dev/ubd
394 devices:
395
396
397 UML# for i in 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7; do mknod ubd$i b 98 $i; done
398
399
400
401
402 and changing /etc/fstab and /etc/inittab to refer to the non-devfs
403 devices.
404
405
406
407 22..22.. CCoommppiilliinngg aanndd iinnssttaalllliinngg kkeerrnneell mmoodduulleess 382 22..22.. CCoommppiilliinngg aanndd iinnssttaalllliinngg kkeerrnneell mmoodduulleess
408 383
409 UML modules are built in the same way as the native kernel (with the 384 UML modules are built in the same way as the native kernel (with the
@@ -839,9 +814,7 @@
839 +o None - device=none 814 +o None - device=none
840 815
841 816
842 This causes the device to disappear. If you are using devfs, the 817 This causes the device to disappear.
843 device will not appear in /dev. If not, then attempts to open it
844 will return -ENODEV.
845 818
846 819
847 820
@@ -1047,7 +1020,7 @@
1047 1020
1048 Note that the IP address you assign to the host end of the tap device 1021 Note that the IP address you assign to the host end of the tap device
1049 must be different than the IP you assign to the eth device inside UML. 1022 must be different than the IP you assign to the eth device inside UML.
1050 If you are short on IPs and don't want to comsume two per UML, then 1023 If you are short on IPs and don't want to consume two per UML, then
1051 you can reuse the host's eth IP address for the host ends of the tap 1024 you can reuse the host's eth IP address for the host ends of the tap
1052 devices. Internally, the UMLs must still get unique IPs for their eth 1025 devices. Internally, the UMLs must still get unique IPs for their eth
1053 devices. You can also give the UMLs non-routable IPs (192.168.x.x or 1026 devices. You can also give the UMLs non-routable IPs (192.168.x.x or
@@ -2058,7 +2031,7 @@
2058 there are multiple COWs associated with a backing file, a -d merge of 2031 there are multiple COWs associated with a backing file, a -d merge of
2059 one of them will invalidate all of the others. However, it is 2032 one of them will invalidate all of the others. However, it is
2060 convenient if you're short of disk space, and it should also be 2033 convenient if you're short of disk space, and it should also be
2061 noticably faster than a non-destructive merge. 2034 noticeably faster than a non-destructive merge.
2062 2035
2063 2036
2064 2037
@@ -3898,29 +3871,6 @@
3898 3871
3899 3872
3900 3873
3901 1133..22.. UUMMLL hhaannggss oonn bboooott aafftteerr mmoouunnttiinngg ddeevvffss
3902
3903 The boot looks like this:
3904
3905
3906 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem) readonly.
3907 Mounted devfs on /dev
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912 You're probably running a recent distribution on an old machine. I
3913 saw this with the RH7.1 filesystem running on a Pentium. The shared
3914 library loader, ld.so, was executing an instruction (cmove) which the
3915 Pentium didn't support. That instruction was apparently added later.
3916 If you run UML under the debugger, you'll see the hang caused by one
3917 instruction causing an infinite SIGILL stream.
3918
3919
3920 The fix is to boot UML on an older filesystem.
3921
3922
3923
3924 1133..33.. AA vvaarriieettyy ooff ppaanniiccss aanndd hhaannggss wwiitthh //ttmmpp oonn aa rreeiisseerrffss ffiilleessyyss-- 3874 1133..33.. AA vvaarriieettyy ooff ppaanniiccss aanndd hhaannggss wwiitthh //ttmmpp oonn aa rreeiisseerrffss ffiilleessyyss--
3925 tteemm 3875 tteemm
3926 3876
@@ -3953,9 +3903,9 @@
3953 3903
3954 1133..55.. UUMMLL ddooeessnn''tt wwoorrkk wwhheenn //ttmmpp iiss aann NNFFSS ffiilleessyysstteemm 3904 1133..55.. UUMMLL ddooeessnn''tt wwoorrkk wwhheenn //ttmmpp iiss aann NNFFSS ffiilleessyysstteemm
3955 3905
3956 This seems to be a similar situation with the resierfs problem above. 3906 This seems to be a similar situation with the ReiserFS problem above.
3957 Some versions of NFS seems not to handle mmap correctly, which UML 3907 Some versions of NFS seems not to handle mmap correctly, which UML
3958 depends on. The workaround is have /tmp be non-NFS directory. 3908 depends on. The workaround is have /tmp be a non-NFS directory.
3959 3909
3960 3910
3961 1133..66.. UUMMLL hhaannggss oonn bboooott wwhheenn ccoommppiilleedd wwiitthh ggpprrooff ssuuppppoorrtt 3911 1133..66.. UUMMLL hhaannggss oonn bboooott wwhheenn ccoommppiilleedd wwiitthh ggpprrooff ssuuppppoorrtt
@@ -4022,7 +3972,7 @@
4022 nneett 3972 nneett
4023 3973
4024 If you can connect to the host, and the host can connect to UML, but 3974 If you can connect to the host, and the host can connect to UML, but
4025 you can not connect to any other machines, then you may need to enable 3975 you cannot connect to any other machines, then you may need to enable
4026 IP Masquerading on the host. Usually this is only experienced when 3976 IP Masquerading on the host. Usually this is only experienced when
4027 using private IP addresses (192.168.x.x or 10.x.x.x) for host/UML 3977 using private IP addresses (192.168.x.x or 10.x.x.x) for host/UML
4028 networking, rather than the public address space that your host is 3978 networking, rather than the public address space that your host is
@@ -4671,7 +4621,7 @@
4671 Chris Reahard built a specialized root filesystem for running a DNS 4621 Chris Reahard built a specialized root filesystem for running a DNS
4672 server jailed inside UML. It's available from the download 4622 server jailed inside UML. It's available from the download
4673 <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/dl-sf.html> page in the Jail 4623 <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/dl-sf.html> page in the Jail
4674 Filesysems section. 4624 Filesystems section.
4675 4625
4676 4626
4677 4627
diff --git a/Documentation/unshare.txt b/Documentation/unshare.txt
index 90a5e9e5bef1..a8643513a5f6 100644
--- a/Documentation/unshare.txt
+++ b/Documentation/unshare.txt
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ items:
260 a pointer to it. 260 a pointer to it.
261 261
262 7.4) Appropriately modify architecture specific code to register the 262 7.4) Appropriately modify architecture specific code to register the
263 the new system call. 263 new system call.
264 264
2658) Test Specification 2658) Test Specification
266--------------------- 266---------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/URB.txt b/Documentation/usb/URB.txt
index a49e5f2c2b46..8ffce746d496 100644
--- a/Documentation/usb/URB.txt
+++ b/Documentation/usb/URB.txt
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ you can pass information to the completion handler.
184Note that even when an error (or unlink) is reported, data may have been 184Note that even when an error (or unlink) is reported, data may have been
185transferred. That's because USB transfers are packetized; it might take 185transferred. That's because USB transfers are packetized; it might take
186sixteen packets to transfer your 1KByte buffer, and ten of them might 186sixteen packets to transfer your 1KByte buffer, and ten of them might
187have transferred succesfully before the completion was called. 187have transferred successfully before the completion was called.
188 188
189 189
190NOTE: ***** WARNING ***** 190NOTE: ***** WARNING *****
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/acm.txt b/Documentation/usb/acm.txt
index 8ef45ea8f691..737d6104c3f3 100644
--- a/Documentation/usb/acm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/usb/acm.txt
@@ -49,20 +49,6 @@ Abstract Control Model (USB CDC ACM) specification.
49 Unfortunately many modems and most ISDN TAs use proprietary interfaces and 49 Unfortunately many modems and most ISDN TAs use proprietary interfaces and
50thus won't work with this drivers. Check for ACM compliance before buying. 50thus won't work with this drivers. Check for ACM compliance before buying.
51 51
52 The driver (with devfs) creates these devices in /dev/usb/acm:
53
54 crw-r--r-- 1 root root 166, 0 Apr 1 10:49 0
55 crw-r--r-- 1 root root 166, 1 Apr 1 10:49 1
56 crw-r--r-- 1 root root 166, 2 Apr 1 10:49 2
57
58 And so on, up to 31, with the limit being possible to change in acm.c to up
59to 256, so you can use up to 256 USB modems with one computer (you'll need
60three USB cards for that, though).
61
62 If you don't use devfs, then you can create device nodes with the same
63minor/major numbers anywhere you want, but either the above location or
64/dev/usb/ttyACM0 is preferred.
65
66 To use the modems you need these modules loaded: 52 To use the modems you need these modules loaded:
67 53
68 usbcore.ko 54 usbcore.ko
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/error-codes.txt b/Documentation/usb/error-codes.txt
index 39c68f8c4e6c..9cf83e8c27b8 100644
--- a/Documentation/usb/error-codes.txt
+++ b/Documentation/usb/error-codes.txt
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ one or more packets could finish before an error stops further endpoint I/O.
126 urb->transfer_flags. 126 urb->transfer_flags.
127 127
128-ENODEV Device was removed. Often preceded by a burst of 128-ENODEV Device was removed. Often preceded by a burst of
129 other errors, since the hub driver does't detect 129 other errors, since the hub driver doesn't detect
130 device removal events immediately. 130 device removal events immediately.
131 131
132-EXDEV ISO transfer only partially completed 132-EXDEV ISO transfer only partially completed
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ one or more packets could finish before an error stops further endpoint I/O.
145hardware problems such as bad devices (including firmware) or cables. 145hardware problems such as bad devices (including firmware) or cables.
146 146
147(**) This is also one of several codes that different kinds of host 147(**) This is also one of several codes that different kinds of host
148controller use to to indicate a transfer has failed because of device 148controller use to indicate a transfer has failed because of device
149disconnect. In the interval before the hub driver starts disconnect 149disconnect. In the interval before the hub driver starts disconnect
150processing, devices may receive such fault reports for every request. 150processing, devices may receive such fault reports for every request.
151 151
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/hiddev.txt b/Documentation/usb/hiddev.txt
index cd6fb4b58e1f..6a790754e963 100644
--- a/Documentation/usb/hiddev.txt
+++ b/Documentation/usb/hiddev.txt
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ index, the ioctl returns -1 and sets errno to -EINVAL.
118HIDIOCGDEVINFO - struct hiddev_devinfo (read) 118HIDIOCGDEVINFO - struct hiddev_devinfo (read)
119Gets a hiddev_devinfo structure which describes the device. 119Gets a hiddev_devinfo structure which describes the device.
120 120
121HIDIOCGSTRING - struct struct hiddev_string_descriptor (read/write) 121HIDIOCGSTRING - struct hiddev_string_descriptor (read/write)
122Gets a string descriptor from the device. The caller must fill in the 122Gets a string descriptor from the device. The caller must fill in the
123"index" field to indicate which descriptor should be returned. 123"index" field to indicate which descriptor should be returned.
124 124
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/mtouchusb.txt b/Documentation/usb/mtouchusb.txt
index cd806bfc8b81..e43cfffaa100 100644
--- a/Documentation/usb/mtouchusb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/usb/mtouchusb.txt
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ CHANGES
11 Changed reset from standard USB dev reset to vendor reset 11 Changed reset from standard USB dev reset to vendor reset
12 Changed data sent to host from compensated to raw coordinates 12 Changed data sent to host from compensated to raw coordinates
13 Eliminated vendor/product module params 13 Eliminated vendor/product module params
14 Performed multiple successfull tests with an EXII-5010UC 14 Performed multiple successful tests with an EXII-5010UC
15 15
16SUPPORTED HARDWARE: 16SUPPORTED HARDWARE:
17 17
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ This driver appears to be one of possible 2 Linux USB Input Touchscreen
38drivers. Although 3M produces a binary only driver available for 38drivers. Although 3M produces a binary only driver available for
39download, I persist in updating this driver since I would like to use the 39download, I persist in updating this driver since I would like to use the
40touchscreen for embedded apps using QTEmbedded, DirectFB, etc. So I feel the 40touchscreen for embedded apps using QTEmbedded, DirectFB, etc. So I feel the
41logical choice is to use Linux Imput. 41logical choice is to use Linux Input.
42 42
43Currently there is no way to calibrate the device via this driver. Even if 43Currently there is no way to calibrate the device via this driver. Even if
44the device could be calibrated, the driver pulls to raw coordinate data from 44the device could be calibrated, the driver pulls to raw coordinate data from
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ TODO:
63Implement a control urb again to handle requests to and from the device 63Implement a control urb again to handle requests to and from the device
64such as calibration, etc once/if it becomes available. 64such as calibration, etc once/if it becomes available.
65 65
66DISCLAMER: 66DISCLAIMER:
67 67
68I am not a MicroTouch/3M employee, nor have I ever been. 3M does not support 68I am not a MicroTouch/3M employee, nor have I ever been. 3M does not support
69this driver! If you want touch drivers only supported within X, please go to: 69this driver! If you want touch drivers only supported within X, please go to:
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt b/Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt
index a2dee6e6190d..8dc2bacc8f1f 100644
--- a/Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt
+++ b/Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt
@@ -13,7 +13,6 @@ CONFIGURATION
13 Currently the driver can handle up to 256 different serial interfaces at 13 Currently the driver can handle up to 256 different serial interfaces at
14 one time. 14 one time.
15 15
16 If you are not using devfs:
17 The major number that the driver uses is 188 so to use the driver, 16 The major number that the driver uses is 188 so to use the driver,
18 create the following nodes: 17 create the following nodes:
19 mknod /dev/ttyUSB0 c 188 0 18 mknod /dev/ttyUSB0 c 188 0
@@ -26,10 +25,6 @@ CONFIGURATION
26 mknod /dev/ttyUSB254 c 188 254 25 mknod /dev/ttyUSB254 c 188 254
27 mknod /dev/ttyUSB255 c 188 255 26 mknod /dev/ttyUSB255 c 188 255
28 27
29 If you are using devfs:
30 The devices supported by this driver will show up as
31 /dev/usb/tts/{0,1,...}
32
33 When the device is connected and recognized by the driver, the driver 28 When the device is connected and recognized by the driver, the driver
34 will print to the system log, which node(s) the device has been bound 29 will print to the system log, which node(s) the device has been bound
35 to. 30 to.
@@ -228,7 +223,7 @@ Cypress M8 CY4601 Family Serial Driver
228 -Cypress HID->COM RS232 adapter 223 -Cypress HID->COM RS232 adapter
229 224
230 Note: Cypress Semiconductor claims no affiliation with the 225 Note: Cypress Semiconductor claims no affiliation with the
231 the hid->com device. 226 hid->com device.
232 227
233 Most devices using chipsets under the CY4601 family should 228 Most devices using chipsets under the CY4601 family should
234 work with the driver. As long as they stay true to the CY4601 229 work with the driver. As long as they stay true to the CY4601
@@ -277,7 +272,7 @@ Digi AccelePort Driver
277 work under SMP with the uhci driver. 272 work under SMP with the uhci driver.
278 273
279 The driver is generally working, though we still have a few more ioctls 274 The driver is generally working, though we still have a few more ioctls
280 to implement and final testing and debugging to do. The paralled port 275 to implement and final testing and debugging to do. The parallel port
281 on the USB 2 is supported as a serial to parallel converter; in other 276 on the USB 2 is supported as a serial to parallel converter; in other
282 words, it appears as another USB serial port on Linux, even though 277 words, it appears as another USB serial port on Linux, even though
283 physically it is really a parallel port. The Digi Acceleport USB 8 278 physically it is really a parallel port. The Digi Acceleport USB 8
@@ -427,7 +422,7 @@ Options supported:
427 debug - extra verbose debugging info 422 debug - extra verbose debugging info
428 (default: 0; nonzero enables) 423 (default: 0; nonzero enables)
429 use_lowlatency - use low_latency flag to speed up tty layer 424 use_lowlatency - use low_latency flag to speed up tty layer
430 when reading from from the device. 425 when reading from the device.
431 (default: 0; nonzero enables) 426 (default: 0; nonzero enables)
432 427
433 See http://www.uuhaus.de/linux/palmconnect.html for up-to-date 428 See http://www.uuhaus.de/linux/palmconnect.html for up-to-date
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/README.pvrusb2 b/Documentation/video4linux/README.pvrusb2
index c73a32c34528..a4b7ae800866 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/README.pvrusb2
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/README.pvrusb2
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Source file list / functional overview:
155 pvrusb2-i2c-core.[ch] - This module provides an implementation of a 155 pvrusb2-i2c-core.[ch] - This module provides an implementation of a
156 kernel-friendly I2C adaptor driver, through which other external 156 kernel-friendly I2C adaptor driver, through which other external
157 I2C client drivers (e.g. msp3400, tuner, lirc) may connect and 157 I2C client drivers (e.g. msp3400, tuner, lirc) may connect and
158 operate corresponding chips within the the pvrusb2 device. It is 158 operate corresponding chips within the pvrusb2 device. It is
159 through here that other V4L modules can reach into this driver to 159 through here that other V4L modules can reach into this driver to
160 operate specific pieces (and those modules are in turn driven by 160 operate specific pieces (and those modules are in turn driven by
161 glue logic which is coordinated by pvrusb2-hdw, doled out by 161 glue logic which is coordinated by pvrusb2-hdw, doled out by
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/Zoran b/Documentation/video4linux/Zoran
index 040a2c841ae9..deb218f77adb 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/Zoran
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/Zoran
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ tv broadcast formats all aver the world.
144 144
145The CCIR defines parameters needed for broadcasting the signal. 145The CCIR defines parameters needed for broadcasting the signal.
146The CCIR has defined different standards: A,B,D,E,F,G,D,H,I,K,K1,L,M,N,... 146The CCIR has defined different standards: A,B,D,E,F,G,D,H,I,K,K1,L,M,N,...
147The CCIR says not much about about the colorsystem used !!! 147The CCIR says not much about the colorsystem used !!!
148And talking about a colorsystem says not to much about how it is broadcast. 148And talking about a colorsystem says not to much about how it is broadcast.
149 149
150The CCIR standards A,E,F are not used any more. 150The CCIR standards A,E,F are not used any more.
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-decoder-api.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-decoder-api.txt
index 9df4fb3ea0f2..78bf5f21e513 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-decoder-api.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-decoder-api.txt
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Param[0]
102Name CX2341X_DEC_GET_XFER_INFO 102Name CX2341X_DEC_GET_XFER_INFO
103Enum 9/0x09 103Enum 9/0x09
104Description 104Description
105 This API call may be used to detect an end of stream condtion. 105 This API call may be used to detect an end of stream condition.
106Result[0] 106Result[0]
107 Stream type 107 Stream type
108Result[1] 108Result[1]
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-encoder-api.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-encoder-api.txt
index 001c68644b08..15df0df57ddd 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-encoder-api.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-encoder-api.txt
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ Param[0]
280Param[1] 280Param[1]
281 Unknown, but leaving this to 0 seems to work best. Indications are that 281 Unknown, but leaving this to 0 seems to work best. Indications are that
282 this might have to do with USB support, although passing anything but 0 282 this might have to do with USB support, although passing anything but 0
283 onl breaks things. 283 only breaks things.
284 284
285------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 285-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
286 286
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-osd-api.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-osd-api.txt
index da98ae30a37a..0a602f3e601b 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-osd-api.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/fw-osd-api.txt
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ Result[0]
97Result[1] 97Result[1]
98 top left vertical offset 98 top left vertical offset
99Result[2] 99Result[2]
100 bottom right hotizontal offset 100 bottom right horizontal offset
101Result[3] 101Result[3]
102 bottom right vertical offset 102 bottom right vertical offset
103 103
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/cx88/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/cx88/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt
index 93fec32a1188..faccee68f603 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/cx88/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/cx88/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ provide for a handler)
30GP_SAMPLE register is at 0x35C058 30GP_SAMPLE register is at 0x35C058
31 31
32Bits are then right shifted into the GP_SAMPLE register at the specified 32Bits are then right shifted into the GP_SAMPLE register at the specified
33rate; you get an interrupt when a full DWORD is recieved. 33rate; you get an interrupt when a full DWORD is received.
34You need to recover the actual RC5 bits out of the (oversampled) IR sensor 34You need to recover the actual RC5 bits out of the (oversampled) IR sensor
35bits. (Hint: look for the 0/1and 1/0 crossings of the RC5 bi-phase data) An 35bits. (Hint: look for the 0/1and 1/0 crossings of the RC5 bi-phase data) An
36actual raw RC5 code will span 2-3 DWORDS, depending on the actual alignment. 36actual raw RC5 code will span 2-3 DWORDS, depending on the actual alignment.
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/et61x251.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/et61x251.txt
index cd584f20a997..1bdee8f85b9a 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/et61x251.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/et61x251.txt
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Some of the features of the driver are:
80 high compression quality (see also "Notes for V4L2 application developers" 80 high compression quality (see also "Notes for V4L2 application developers"
81 paragraph); 81 paragraph);
82- full support for the capabilities of every possible image sensors that can 82- full support for the capabilities of every possible image sensors that can
83 be connected to the ET61X[12]51 bridges, including, for istance, red, green, 83 be connected to the ET61X[12]51 bridges, including, for instance, red, green,
84 blue and global gain adjustments and exposure control (see "Supported 84 blue and global gain adjustments and exposure control (see "Supported
85 devices" paragraph for details); 85 devices" paragraph for details);
86- use of default color settings for sunlight conditions; 86- use of default color settings for sunlight conditions;
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ identifier - of the camera registered as "/dev/video0":
222 [root@localhost #] echo 1 > i2c_reg 222 [root@localhost #] echo 1 > i2c_reg
223 [root@localhost #] cat i2c_val 223 [root@localhost #] cat i2c_val
224 224
225Note that if the sensor registers can not be read, "cat" will fail. 225Note that if the sensor registers cannot be read, "cat" will fail.
226To avoid race conditions, all the I/O accesses to the files are serialized. 226To avoid race conditions, all the I/O accesses to the files are serialized.
227 227
228 228
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt
index 93fec32a1188..faccee68f603 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/hauppauge-wintv-cx88-ir.txt
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ provide for a handler)
30GP_SAMPLE register is at 0x35C058 30GP_SAMPLE register is at 0x35C058
31 31
32Bits are then right shifted into the GP_SAMPLE register at the specified 32Bits are then right shifted into the GP_SAMPLE register at the specified
33rate; you get an interrupt when a full DWORD is recieved. 33rate; you get an interrupt when a full DWORD is received.
34You need to recover the actual RC5 bits out of the (oversampled) IR sensor 34You need to recover the actual RC5 bits out of the (oversampled) IR sensor
35bits. (Hint: look for the 0/1and 1/0 crossings of the RC5 bi-phase data) An 35bits. (Hint: look for the 0/1and 1/0 crossings of the RC5 bi-phase data) An
36actual raw RC5 code will span 2-3 DWORDS, depending on the actual alignment. 36actual raw RC5 code will span 2-3 DWORDS, depending on the actual alignment.
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/meye.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/meye.txt
index 2137da97552f..ecb34160e61d 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/meye.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/meye.txt
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ driver (PCI vendor/device is 0x136b/0xff01)
29 29
30The third one, present in recent (more or less last year) Picturebooks 30The third one, present in recent (more or less last year) Picturebooks
31(C1M* models), is not supported. The manufacturer has given the specs 31(C1M* models), is not supported. The manufacturer has given the specs
32to the developers under a NDA (which allows the develoment of a GPL 32to the developers under a NDA (which allows the development of a GPL
33driver however), but things are not moving very fast (see 33driver however), but things are not moving very fast (see
34http://r-engine.sourceforge.net/) (PCI vendor/device is 0x10cf/0x2011). 34http://r-engine.sourceforge.net/) (PCI vendor/device is 0x10cf/0x2011).
35 35
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/sn9c102.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/sn9c102.txt
index 1d20895b4354..8cda472db36d 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/sn9c102.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/sn9c102.txt
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ It's worth to note that SONiX has never collaborated with the author during the
60development of this project, despite several requests for enough detailed 60development of this project, despite several requests for enough detailed
61specifications of the register tables, compression engine and video data format 61specifications of the register tables, compression engine and video data format
62of the above chips. Nevertheless, these informations are no longer necessary, 62of the above chips. Nevertheless, these informations are no longer necessary,
63becouse all the aspects related to these chips are known and have been 63because all the aspects related to these chips are known and have been
64described in detail in this documentation. 64described in detail in this documentation.
65 65
66The driver relies on the Video4Linux2 and USB core modules. It has been 66The driver relies on the Video4Linux2 and USB core modules. It has been
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Some of the features of the driver are:
85 high compression quality (see also "Notes for V4L2 application developers" 85 high compression quality (see also "Notes for V4L2 application developers"
86 and "Video frame formats" paragraphs); 86 and "Video frame formats" paragraphs);
87- full support for the capabilities of many of the possible image sensors that 87- full support for the capabilities of many of the possible image sensors that
88 can be connected to the SN9C10x bridges, including, for istance, red, green, 88 can be connected to the SN9C10x bridges, including, for instance, red, green,
89 blue and global gain adjustments and exposure (see "Supported devices" 89 blue and global gain adjustments and exposure (see "Supported devices"
90 paragraph for details); 90 paragraph for details);
91- use of default color settings for sunlight conditions; 91- use of default color settings for sunlight conditions;
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/w9968cf.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/w9968cf.txt
index 0d53ce774b01..e0bba8393c77 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/w9968cf.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/w9968cf.txt
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Index
155. Supported devices 155. Supported devices
166. Module dependencies 166. Module dependencies
177. Module loading 177. Module loading
188. Module paramaters 188. Module parameters
199. Contact information 199. Contact information
2010. Credits 2010. Credits
21 21
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/zr36120.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/zr36120.txt
index ac6d92d01944..1a1c2d03a5c8 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/zr36120.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/zr36120.txt
@@ -118,9 +118,9 @@ card is not there, please try if any other card gives some
118response, and mail me if you got a working tvcard addition. 118response, and mail me if you got a working tvcard addition.
119 119
120PS. <TVCard editors behold!) 120PS. <TVCard editors behold!)
121 Dont forget to set video_input to the number of inputs 121 Don't forget to set video_input to the number of inputs
122 you defined in the video_mux part of the tvcard definition. 122 you defined in the video_mux part of the tvcard definition.
123 Its a common error to add a channel but not incrementing 123 It's a common error to add a channel but not incrementing
124 video_input and getting angry with me/v4l/linux/linus :( 124 video_input and getting angry with me/v4l/linux/linus :(
125 125
126You are now ready to test the framegrabber with your favorite 126You are now ready to test the framegrabber with your favorite
diff --git a/Documentation/vm/numa b/Documentation/vm/numa
index 4b8db1bd3b78..e93ad9425e2a 100644
--- a/Documentation/vm/numa
+++ b/Documentation/vm/numa
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ The initial port includes NUMAizing the bootmem allocator code by
22encapsulating all the pieces of information into a bootmem_data_t 22encapsulating all the pieces of information into a bootmem_data_t
23structure. Node specific calls have been added to the allocator. 23structure. Node specific calls have been added to the allocator.
24In theory, any platform which uses the bootmem allocator should 24In theory, any platform which uses the bootmem allocator should
25be able to to put the bootmem and mem_map data structures anywhere 25be able to put the bootmem and mem_map data structures anywhere
26it deems best. 26it deems best.
27 27
28Each node's page allocation data structures have also been encapsulated 28Each node's page allocation data structures have also been encapsulated
diff --git a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-api.txt b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-api.txt
index 958ff3d48be3..7e8ae83e9847 100644
--- a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-api.txt
+++ b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-api.txt
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ daemon and it crashes the system will not reboot. Because of this,
45some of the drivers support the configuration option "Disable watchdog 45some of the drivers support the configuration option "Disable watchdog
46shutdown on close", CONFIG_WATCHDOG_NOWAYOUT. If it is set to Y when 46shutdown on close", CONFIG_WATCHDOG_NOWAYOUT. If it is set to Y when
47compiling the kernel, there is no way of disabling the watchdog once 47compiling the kernel, there is no way of disabling the watchdog once
48it has been started. So, if the watchdog dameon crashes, the system 48it has been started. So, if the watchdog daemon crashes, the system
49will reboot after the timeout has passed. 49will reboot after the timeout has passed.
50 50
51Some other drivers will not disable the watchdog, unless a specific 51Some other drivers will not disable the watchdog, unless a specific
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ Note that not all devices support these two calls, and some only
207support the GETBOOTSTATUS call. 207support the GETBOOTSTATUS call.
208 208
209Some drivers can measure the temperature using the GETTEMP ioctl. The 209Some drivers can measure the temperature using the GETTEMP ioctl. The
210returned value is the temperature in degrees farenheit. 210returned value is the temperature in degrees fahrenheit.
211 211
212 int temperature; 212 int temperature;
213 ioctl(fd, WDIOC_GETTEMP, &temperature); 213 ioctl(fd, WDIOC_GETTEMP, &temperature);
@@ -258,13 +258,13 @@ booke_wdt.c -- PowerPC BookE Watchdog Timer
258 Timeout default varies according to frequency, supports 258 Timeout default varies according to frequency, supports
259 SETTIMEOUT 259 SETTIMEOUT
260 260
261 Watchdog can not be turned off, CONFIG_WATCHDOG_NOWAYOUT 261 Watchdog cannot be turned off, CONFIG_WATCHDOG_NOWAYOUT
262 does not make sense 262 does not make sense
263 263
264 GETSUPPORT returns the watchdog_info struct, and 264 GETSUPPORT returns the watchdog_info struct, and
265 GETSTATUS returns the supported options. GETBOOTSTATUS 265 GETSTATUS returns the supported options. GETBOOTSTATUS
266 returns a 1 if the last reset was caused by the 266 returns a 1 if the last reset was caused by the
267 watchdog and a 0 otherwise. This watchdog can not be 267 watchdog and a 0 otherwise. This watchdog cannot be
268 disabled once it has been started. The wdt_period kernel 268 disabled once it has been started. The wdt_period kernel
269 parameter selects which bit of the time base changing 269 parameter selects which bit of the time base changing
270 from 0->1 will trigger the watchdog exception. Changing 270 from 0->1 will trigger the watchdog exception. Changing
diff --git a/Documentation/x86_64/boot-options.txt b/Documentation/x86_64/boot-options.txt
index 74b77f9e91bc..f3c57f43ba64 100644
--- a/Documentation/x86_64/boot-options.txt
+++ b/Documentation/x86_64/boot-options.txt
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ Idle loop
109Rebooting 109Rebooting
110 110
111 reboot=b[ios] | t[riple] | k[bd] [, [w]arm | [c]old] 111 reboot=b[ios] | t[riple] | k[bd] [, [w]arm | [c]old]
112 bios Use the CPU reboto vector for warm reset 112 bios Use the CPU reboot vector for warm reset
113 warm Don't set the cold reboot flag 113 warm Don't set the cold reboot flag
114 cold Set the cold reboot flag 114 cold Set the cold reboot flag
115 triple Force a triple fault (init) 115 triple Force a triple fault (init)